US20120183861A1 - Sulfopolyester binders - Google Patents
Sulfopolyester binders Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20120183861A1 US20120183861A1 US13/273,929 US201113273929A US2012183861A1 US 20120183861 A1 US20120183861 A1 US 20120183861A1 US 201113273929 A US201113273929 A US 201113273929A US 2012183861 A1 US2012183861 A1 US 2012183861A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- sulfopolyester
- mole percent
- nonwoven article
- fibers
- water
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
- D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
- D04H1/00—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
- D04H1/40—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
- D04H1/58—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives
- D04H1/587—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives characterised by the bonding agents used
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
- D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
- D04H1/00—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
- D04H1/40—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
- D04H1/42—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece
- D04H1/4326—Condensation or reaction polymers
- D04H1/435—Polyesters
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
- D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
- D04H1/00—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
- D04H1/40—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
- D04H1/42—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece
- D04H1/4391—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece characterised by the shape of the fibres
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
- D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
- D04H1/00—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
- D04H1/70—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres
- D04H1/74—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres the fibres being orientated, e.g. in parallel (anisotropic fleeces)
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
- D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- D21H13/00—Pulp or paper, comprising synthetic cellulose or non-cellulose fibres or web-forming material
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
- D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- D21H13/00—Pulp or paper, comprising synthetic cellulose or non-cellulose fibres or web-forming material
- D21H13/10—Organic non-cellulose fibres
- D21H13/20—Organic non-cellulose fibres from macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
- D21H13/24—Polyesters
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
- D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- D21H21/00—Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its function, form or properties; Paper-impregnating or coating material, characterised by its function, form or properties
- D21H21/14—Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its function, form or properties; Paper-impregnating or coating material, characterised by its function, form or properties characterised by function or properties in or on the paper
- D21H21/18—Reinforcing agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G63/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G63/68—Polyesters containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
- C08G63/688—Polyesters containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen containing sulfur
- C08G63/6884—Polyesters containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen containing sulfur derived from polycarboxylic acids and polyhydroxy compounds
- C08G63/6886—Dicarboxylic acids and dihydroxy compounds
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D01—NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
- D01D—MECHANICAL METHODS OR APPARATUS IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS
- D01D5/00—Formation of filaments, threads, or the like
- D01D5/28—Formation of filaments, threads, or the like while mixing different spinning solutions or melts during the spinning operation; Spinnerette packs therefor
- D01D5/30—Conjugate filaments; Spinnerette packs therefor
- D01D5/36—Matrix structure; Spinnerette packs therefor
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D01—NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
- D01F—CHEMICAL FEATURES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CARBON FILAMENTS
- D01F11/00—Chemical after-treatment of artificial filaments or the like during manufacture
- D01F11/04—Chemical after-treatment of artificial filaments or the like during manufacture of synthetic polymers
- D01F11/06—Chemical after-treatment of artificial filaments or the like during manufacture of synthetic polymers of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D01—NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
- D01F—CHEMICAL FEATURES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CARBON FILAMENTS
- D01F8/00—Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof
- D01F8/04—Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof from synthetic polymers
- D01F8/14—Conjugated, i.e. bi- or multicomponent, artificial filaments or the like; Manufacture thereof from synthetic polymers with at least one polyester as constituent
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T442/00—Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
- Y10T442/20—Coated or impregnated woven, knit, or nonwoven fabric which is not [a] associated with another preformed layer or fiber layer or, [b] with respect to woven and knit, characterized, respectively, by a particular or differential weave or knit, wherein the coating or impregnation is neither a foamed material nor a free metal or alloy layer
- Y10T442/2008—Fabric composed of a fiber or strand which is of specific structural definition
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T442/00—Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
- Y10T442/60—Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
- Y10T442/608—Including strand or fiber material which is of specific structural definition
Definitions
- the present invention relates to sulfopolyester binders for use in nonwoven articles.
- Nonwoven articles are found throughout the consumer marketplace.
- Nonwoven articles which are generally made up of microfibers and/or nanofibers, are generally produced using a wet-laid or dry-laid process.
- Various methods or compositions are generally utilized in order to hold the fibers within a nonwoven article together.
- nonwoven articles can be held together by (1) mechanical fiber cohesion and interlocking in a web or mat; (2) various techniques of fusing of fibers, including the use of binder fibers; (3) use of a binding resin; (4) use of powder adhesive binders; and/or (5) combinations thereof.
- the fibers are often deposited in a random manner, although orientation in one direction is possible, followed by bonding using one of the methods described above.
- a nonwoven article comprising a plurality of thermoplastic polycondensate fibers and a sulfopolyester binder.
- the thermoplastic polycondensate fibers make up at least 10 weight percent of the total fiber content of the nonwoven article, whereas the sulfopolyester binder makes up at least 1 weight percent and not more than 40 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- the nonwoven article further comprises a plurality of synthetic microfibers having a length of less than 25 millimeters and a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5 microns, wherein the synthetic microfibers make up at least 1 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- a wet-laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article involves a) producing multicomponent fibers comprising at least one water dispersible sulfopolyester and one or more water non-dispersible polymers immiscible with the sulfopolyester.
- the multicomponent fibers can have an as-spun denier of less than 15 dpf.
- the next step b) involves cutting the multicomponent fibers into cut multicomponent fibers having a length of less than 25 millimeters.
- the next step c) involves contacting the cut multicomponent fibers with water to remove the sulfopolyester thereby forming a wet lap comprising cut water non-dispersible fibers, which are formed of a thermoplastic polycondensate.
- the next step d) involves transferring the wet lap to a wet-laid nonwoven zone to produce an unbound nonwoven article.
- the final step e) involves applying a binder dispersion comprising at least one sulfopolyester to the nonwoven article.
- FIGS. 1 a , 1 b , and 1 c are cross-sectional views of three differently-configured fibers, particularly illustrating how various measurements relating to the size and shape of the fibers are determined;
- FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of nonwoven article containing ribbon fibers, particularly illustrating the orientation of the ribbon fibers contained therein;
- the present invention provides versatile binders comprising at least one sulfopolyester that can increase the strength and integrity of the nonwoven in which it is incorporated.
- the binder of the present invention comprises at least one sulfopolyester.
- the sulfopolyesters utilized in the binders of the present invention can contain substantially equimolar proportions of acid moiety repeating units (100 mole percent) to hydroxy moiety repeating units (100 mole percent).
- the sulfopolyesters useful for the binders of the present invention can comprise repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
- the binders can comprise a blend of at least a first sulfopolyester and a second sulfopolyester.
- the first and second sulfopolyesters can comprise different amounts of sulfomonomer, such as 5-sulfoisophthalic acid, and/or different amounts of a hydrophobic glycol, such as 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol.
- the amount of sulfomonomers in the sulfopolyesters is important because it greatly influences the water-permeability of the sulfopolyester.
- the first sulfopolyester is hydrophilic and the second sulfopolyester is hydrophobic.
- hydrophilic sulfopolyester that can be useful as a binder is Eastek 1100® by EASTMAN.
- hydrophobic sulfopolyester useful as a binder includes Eastek 1200® by EASTMAN. These two sulfopolyesters may be blended accordingly depending on the desired water-permeability of binder. Depending on the desired end use for the nonwoven article, the binder may be either hydrophilic or hydrophobic.
- the first sulfopolyester can comprise repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
- the second sulfopolyester can comprise repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
- the use of the sulfopolyester binder of the instant invention may enhance multiple properties of the nonwoven article.
- the nonwoven article when a sulfopolyester binder is utilized, the nonwoven article can exhibit a dry tensile strength greater than 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, or 3.5 kg/15 mm; a wet tensile strength greater than 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 kg/15 mm; a tear force greater than 420, 460, or 500 grams; and/or a burst strength greater than 50, 60, or 70 psig.
- the nonwoven article can exhibit a Hercules Size of less than 20, 15, or 10 seconds and/or greater than 5, 50, 100, 120, or 140 seconds.
- thermoplastic polycondensate materials can include polyesters (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate homopolymer, polyethylene terephthalate copolymer, polybutylene terephthalate, and polypropylene terephthalate) and polyamides (e.g., nylon 6 and nylon 66).
- polyesters e.g., polyethylene terephthalate homopolymer, polyethylene terephthalate copolymer, polybutylene terephthalate, and polypropylene terephthalate
- polyamides e.g., nylon 6 and nylon 66
- the nonwoven articles of the instant invention can comprise a sulfopolyester binder as described above, a plurality of thermoplastic polycondensate fibers, and a plurality synthetic microfibers with a length of at least 0.25, 0.5, or 1.0 millimeters and/or less 25, 10, or 2 millimeters and a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5 microns.
- the synthetic microfibers have a length of at least 0.2, 0.5, or 1.0 millimeters and/or less 10, 5, or 2 millimeters and a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5 microns.
- thermoplastic polycondensate fibers can make up at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 weight percent of the total fiber content of the nonwoven article, while the sulfopolyester binders can make up at least 1 weight percent and not more than 40 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- the sulfopolyester binder can make up at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7 weight percent of the nonwoven article and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, 15, or 12 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- the synthetic microfibers are formed from a thermoplastic polycondensate material so that the synthetic microfibers make up at least a portion of the thermoplastic polycondensate fibers in the nonwoven article.
- the synthetic microfibers can make up at least 5, 10, or 20 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 80, or 70 weight percent of the thermoplastic polycondensate fibers in the nonwoven article.
- the synthetic microfibers make up at least 1, 3, 5, 10, or 20 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- the synthetic microfibers can comprise short-cut water non-dispersible microfibers.
- microfiber is intended to denote a fiber having a minimum transverse dimension that is less than 5 microns.
- a “nonwoven article” is defined as a web made directly from fibers without weaving or knitting operations.
- minimum transverse dimension denotes the minimum dimension of a fiber measured perpendicular to the axis of elongation of the fiber by an external caliper method.
- external caliper method denotes a method of measuring an outer dimension of a fiber where the measured dimension is the distance separating two coplanar parallel lines between which the fiber is located and where each of the parallel lines touches the external surface of the fiber on generally opposite sides of the fiber.
- FIGS. 1 a , 1 b , and 1 c depict how these dimensions may be measured in various fiber cross-sections.
- “TDmin” is the minimum transverse dimension
- “TDmax” is the maximum transverse dimension.
- the water non-dispersible microfibers also produced by this process comprise at least one water non-dispersible synthetic polymer.
- the microfiber can have an equivalent diameter of less than 15, 10, 5, or 2 microns; a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5, 4, or 3 microns; an transverse ratio of at least 2:1, 6:1, or 10:1 and/or not more than 100:1, 50:1, or 20:1; and/or a length of at least 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, or 1.0 millimeters and/or not more than 25, 12, 10, 6.5, 5, 3.5, or 2.0 millimeters. All fiber dimensions provided herein (e.g., equivalent diameter, length, minimum transverse dimension, maximum transverse dimension, transverse aspect ratio, and thickness) are the average dimensions of the fibers in the specified group.
- microfibers of the present invention can be advantageous in that they are not formed by fibrillation. Fibrillated microfibers are directly joined to a base member (i.e., the root fiber and/or sheet) and have the same composition as the base member. In one embodiment, less than 50, 20, or 5 weight percent of the microfibers are directly joined to a base member having the same composition as the microfibers.
- the sulfopolyester binders produced from this process may be used to produce a wide variety of nonwoven articles including filter media (e.g., HEPA filters, ULPA filters, coalescent filters, liquid filters, desalination filters, automotive filters, coffee filters, tea bags, and vacuum dust bags), battery separators, personal hygiene articles, sanitary napkins, tampons, diapers, disposable wipes (e.g., automotive wipes, baby wipes, hand and body wipes, floor cleaning wipes, facial wipes, toddler wipes, dusting and polishing wipes, and nail polish removal wipes), flexible packaging (e.g., envelopes, food packages, multiwall bags, and terminally sterilized medical packages), geotextiles (e.g., weed barriers, irrigation barriers, erosion barriers, and seed support media), building and construction materials (e.g., housing envelopes, moisture barrier film, gypsum board, wall paper, asphalt, papers, roofing underlayment, and decorative materials), surgical and medical materials (e.g., surgical endo
- the nonwoven article can comprise the synthetic microfibers in amount of at least 20, 40, or 50 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 85, or 80 weight percent and the sulfopolyester binder in an amount of at least 1, 2, or 4 weight percent and/or not more than 40, 30, or 20 weight percent.
- the nonwoven article may be a battery separator, a high efficiency filter, or a high strength paper.
- the nonwoven article can comprise the synthetic microfibers in amount of at least 1, 3, or 5 weight percent and/or not more than 25, 20, 15, or 10 weight percent and the sulfopolyester binder in an amount of at least 1, 2, or 4 weight percent and/or not more than 40, 30, or 20 weight percent.
- the nonwoven article may be a paperboard or cardboard.
- a process for producing a nonwoven article with the sulfopolyester binder of the present invention.
- the process can comprise the following steps:
- the sulfopolyester comprises less than about 25 mole percent of residues of at least one sulfomonomer, based on the total moles of diacid or diol residues;
- step a) cutting the multicomponent fibers of step a) to a length of less than 25, 10, or 2 millimeters, but greater than 0.1, 0.25, or 0.5 millimeters to produce cut multicomponent fibers;
- the multicomponent fibers in step b are cut to a length of less than 10, 5, or 2 millimeters, but greater than 0.2, 0.5, or 1 millimeter.
- At least 1, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40, or 50 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 75, 60, 25, 20, 15, or 10 weight percent of the nonwoven article comprises the water non-dispersible microfiber.
- the sulfopolyester binder dispersion may be applied to the nonwoven article by any method known in the art.
- the binder dispersion is applied as an aqueous dispersion to the nonwoven article by spraying or rolling the binder dispersion onto the nonwoven article.
- the binder dispersion may be mixed with the synthetic microfibers prior to formation of the nonwoven web via a wet-laid nonwoven process.
- the nonwoven article and the binder dispersion can be subjected to a drying step in order to allow the binder to set.
- the sulfopolyester binder can make up at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7 weight percent of the nonwoven article and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, 15, or 12 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- Undissolved or dried sulfopolyesters are known to form strong adhesive bonds to a wide array of substrates, including, but not limited to fluff pulp, cotton, acrylics, rayon, lyocell, PLA (polylactides), cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, poly(ethylene) terephthalate, poly(butylene) terephthalate, poly(trimethylene) terephthalate, poly(cyclohexylene) terephthalate, copolyesters, polyamides (e.g., nylons), stainless steel, aluminum, treated polyolefins, PAN (polyacrylonitriles), and polycarbonates.
- sulfopolyesters function as excellent binders for the nonwoven article. Therefore, our novel nonwoven articles may have multiple functionalities when a sulfopolyester binder is utilized.
- the nonwoven article may further comprise a coating.
- a coating may be applied to the nonwoven article.
- the coating can comprise a decorative coating, a printing ink, a barrier coating, an adhesive coating, and a heat seal coating.
- the coating can comprise a liquid barrier and/or a microbial barrier.
- the nonwoven article may undergo a heat setting step comprising heating the nonwoven article to a temperature of at least 100° C., and more preferably to at least about 120° C.
- the heat setting step relaxes out internal fiber stresses and aids in producing a dimensionally stable fabric product. It is preferred that when the heat set material is reheated to the temperature to which it was heated during the heat setting step that it exhibits surface area shrinkage of less than about 10, 5, or 1 percent of its original surface area.
- the nonwoven article cannot be repulpable and/or recycled by repulping the nonwoven article after use.
- repulpable refers to any nonwoven article that has not been subjected to heat setting and is capable of disintegrating at 3,000 rpm at 1.2 percent consistency after 5,000, 10,000, or 15,000 revolutions according to TAPPI standards.
- the nonwoven article can further comprise at least one or more additional fibers.
- the additional fibers can have a different composition and/or configuration (e.g., length, minimum transverse dimension, maximum transverse dimension, cross-sectional shape, or combinations thereof) than the synthetic microfibers.
- the other fiber can be selected from the group comprising of thermoplastic polycondensate fibers, cellulosic fiber pulp, inorganic fibers (e.g., glass, carbon, boron, ceramic, and combinations thereof), polyester fibers, nylon fibers, polyolefin fibers, rayon fibers, lyocell fibers, cellulose ester fibers, post consumer recycled fibers, and combinations thereof.
- the nonwoven article can comprise additional fibers in an amount of at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, or 60 weight percent of the nonwoven article and/or not more than 95, 90, 85, 80, 70, 60, or 50 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- the additional fiber is a cellulosic fiber that comprises at least 10, 25, or 40 weight percent and/or no more than 80, 70, 60, or 50 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- the cellulosic fibers can comprise hardwood pulp fibers, softwood pulp fibers, and/or regenerated cellulose fibers.
- at least one of the additional fibers is a glass fiber that has a minimum transverse dimension of less than 30, 25, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, or 1 microns.
- a combination of the synthetic microfibers, at least one or more additional fibers, and the sulfopolyester binder make up at least 75, 85, 95, or 98 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- the nonwoven article can further comprise one or more additives.
- the additives may be added to the wet lap of water non-dispersible microfibers prior to subjecting the wet lap to a wet-laid or dry-laid process.
- the additives may also be added to the nonwoven article as a component of the binder or coating composition.
- Additives include, but are not limited to, starches, fillers, light and heat stabilizers, antistatic agents, extrusion aids, dyes, anticounterfeiting markers, slip agents, tougheners, adhesion promoters, oxidative stabilizers, UV absorbers, colorants, pigments, opacifiers (delustrants), optical brighteners, fillers, nucleating agents, plasticizers, viscosity modifiers, surface modifiers, antimicrobials, antifoams, lubricants, thermostabilizers, emulsifiers, disinfectants, cold flow inhibitors, branching agents, oils, waxes, and catalysts.
- the non woven web comprises an optical brightener and/or antimicrobials.
- the nonwoven article can comprise at least 0.05, 0.1, or 0.5 weight percent and/or not more than 10, 5, or 2 weight percent of one or more additives.
- the short-cut microfibers used to make the nonwoven article are ribbon fibers derived from a multicomponent fiber having a striped configuration.
- Such ribbon fibers can exhibit a transverse aspect ratio of at least 2:1, 6:1, or 10:1 and/or not more than 100:1, 50:1, or 20:1.
- transverse aspect ratio denotes the ratio of a fiber's maximum transverse dimension to the fiber's minimum transverse dimension.
- maximum transverse dimension is the maximum dimension of a fiber measured perpendicular to the axis of elongation of the fiber by the external caliper method described above.
- the ribbon fibers provided in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention are not made by fibrillating a sheet or root fiber to produce a “fuzzy” sheet or root fiber having microfibers appended thereto. Rather, in one embodiment of the present invention, less than 50, 20, or 5 weight percent of ribbon fibers employed in the nonwoven article are joined to a base member having the same composition as said ribbon fibers.
- the ribbon fibers are derived from striped multi-component fibers having said ribbon fibers as a component thereof.
- the major transverse axis of at least 50, 75, or 90 weight percent of the ribbon microfibers in the nonwoven article can be oriented at an angle of less than 30, 20, 15, or 10 degrees from the nearest surface of the nonwoven article.
- “major transverse axis” denotes an axis perpendicular to the direction of elongation of a fiber and extending through the centermost two points on the outer surface of the fiber between which the maximum transverse dimension of the fiber is measured by the external caliper method described above.
- FIG. 2 illustrates how the angle of orientation of the ribbon fibers relative to the major transverse axis is determined.
- manufacturing processes to produce nonwoven articles from water non-dispersible microfibers derived from multicomponent fibers can be split into the following groups: dry-laid webs, wet-laid webs, and combinations of these processes with each other or other nonwoven processes.
- dry-laid nonwoven articles are made with staple fiber processing machinery that is designed to manipulate fibers in a dry state. These include mechanical processes, such as carding, aerodynamic, and other air-laid routes. Also included in this category are nonwoven articles made from filaments in the form of tow, fabrics composed of staple fibers, and stitching filaments or yards (i.e., stitchbonded nonwovens). Carding is the process of disentangling, cleaning, and intermixing fibers to make a web for further processing into a nonwoven article. The process predominantly aligns the fibers which are held together as a web by mechanical entanglement and fiber-fiber friction.
- Cards e.g., a roller card
- the carding action is the combing or working of the water non-dispersible microfibers between the points of the card on a series of interworking card rollers.
- Types of cards include roller, woolen, cotton, and random cards. Garnetts can also be used to align these fibers.
- the water non-dispersible microfibers in the dry-laid process can also be aligned by air-laying. These fibers are directed by air current onto a collector which can be a flat conveyor or a drum.
- Wet laid processes involve the use of papermaking technology to produce nonwoven articles. These nonwoven articles are made with machinery associated with pulp fiberizing (e.g., hammer mills) and paperforming (e.g., slurry pumping onto continuous screens which are designed to manipulate short fibers in a fluid).
- pulp fiberizing e.g., hammer mills
- paperforming e.g., slurry pumping onto continuous screens which are designed to manipulate short fibers in a fluid.
- water non-dispersible microfibers are suspended in water, brought to a forming unit wherein the water is drained off through a forming screen, and the fibers are deposited on the screen wire.
- water non-dispersible microfibers are dewatered on a sieve or a wire mesh which revolves at high speeds of up to 1,500 meters per minute at the beginning of hydraulic formers over dewatering modules (e.g., suction boxes, foils, and curatures).
- dewatering modules e.g., suction boxes, foils, and curatures.
- the sheet is dewatered to a solid content of approximately 20 to 30 percent.
- the sheet can then be pressed and dried.
- step (a) the number of rinses depends on the particular use chosen for the water non-dispersible microfibers.
- step (b) sufficient water is added to the microfibers to allow them to be routed to the wet-laid nonwoven zone.
- the wet-laid nonwoven zone in step (d) comprises any equipment known in the art that can produce wet-laid nonwoven articles.
- the wet-laid nonwoven zone comprises at least one screen, mesh, or sieve in order to remove the water from the water non-dispersible microfiber slurry.
- the water non-dispersible microfiber slurry is mixed prior to transferring to the wet-laid nonwoven zone.
- the nonwoven articles also may comprise one or more layers of water-dispersible fibers, multicomponent fibers, or microdenier fibers.
- the nonwoven articles may also include various powders and particulates to improve the absorbency nonwoven article and its ability to function as a delivery vehicle for other additives.
- powders and particulates include, but are not limited to, talc, starches, various water absorbent, water-dispersible, or water swellable polymers (e.g., super absorbent polymers, sulfopolyesters, and poly(vinylalcohols)), silica, activated carbon, pigments, and microcapsules.
- additives may also be present, but are not required, as needed for specific applications.
- additives include, but are not limited to, fillers, light and heat stabilizers, antistatic agents, extrusion aids, dyes, anticounterfeiting markers, slip agents, tougheners, adhesion promoters, oxidative stabilizers, UV absorbers, colorants, pigments, opacifiers (delustrants), optical brighteners, fillers, nucleating agents, plasticizers, viscosity modifiers, surface modifiers, antimicrobials, antifoams, lubricants, thermostabilizers, emulsifiers, disinfectants, cold flow inhibitors, branching agents, oils, waxes, and catalysts.
- the nonwoven article may further comprise a water-dispersible film comprising at least one second water-dispersible polymer.
- the second water-dispersible polymer may be the same as or different from the previously described water-dispersible polymers used in the fibers and nonwoven articles of the present invention.
- the second water-dispersible polymer may be an additional sulfopolyester which, in turn, can comprise:
- diol residues wherein at least 15, 25, 50, 70, or 75 mole percent and no more than 95 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH 2 —CH 2 ) n —OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500;
- the additional sulfopolyester may be blended with one or more supplemental polymers, as described hereinabove, to modify the properties of the resulting nonwoven article.
- the supplemental polymer may or may not be water-dispersible depending on the application.
- the supplemental polymer may be miscible or immiscible with the additional sulfopolyester.
- the additional sulfopolyester also may include the residues of ethylene glycol and/or 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol.
- the additional sulfopolyester may further comprise at least 10, 20, 30, or 40 mole percent and/or no more than 75, 65, or 60 mole percent CHDM.
- the additional sulfopolyester may further comprise ethylene glycol residues in the amount of at least 10, 20, 25, or 40 mole percent and no more than 75, 65, or 60 mole percent ethylene glycol residues.
- the additional sulfopolyester comprises is at about 75 to about 96 mole percent of the residues of isophthalic acid and about 25 to about 95 mole percent of the residues of diethylene glycol.
- the sulfopolyester film component of the nonwoven article may be produced as a monolayer or multilayer film.
- the monolayer film may be produced by conventional casting techniques.
- the multilayered films may be produced by conventional lamination methods or the like.
- the film may be of any convenient thickness, but total thickness will normally be between about 2 and about millimeters.
- a major advantage inherent to the water dispersible sulfopolyesters of the present invention relative to the caustic-dissipatable polymers (including sulfopolyesters) known in the art is the facile ability to remove or recover the polymer from aqueous dispersions via flocculation and precipitation by adding ionic moieties (i.e., salts). pH adjustment, adding nonsolvents, freezing, membrane filtration and so forth may also be employed.
- the recovered water dispersible sulfopolyester may find use in applications, including, but not limited to, the aforementioned sulfopolyester binder for wet-laid nonwovens comprising the synthetic microfibers of the invention.
- the present invention provides a microfiber-generating multicomponent fiber that includes at least two components, at least one of which is a water-dispersible sulfopolyester and at least one of which is a water non-dispersible synthetic polymer.
- the water-dispersible component can comprise a sulfopolyester fiber and the water non-dispersible component can comprise a water non-dispersible synthetic polymer.
- multicomponent fiber is intended to mean a fiber prepared by melting at least two or more fiber-forming polymers in separate extruders, directing the resulting multiple polymer flows into one spinneret with a plurality of distribution flow paths, and spinning the flow paths together to form one fiber.
- Multicomponent fibers are also sometimes referred to as conjugate or bicomponent fibers.
- the polymers are arranged in distinct segments or configurations across the cross-section of the multicomponent fibers and extend continuously along the length of the multicomponent fibers.
- the configurations of such multicomponent fibers may include, for example, sheath core, side by side, segmented pie, striped, or islands-in-the-sea.
- a multicomponent fiber may be prepared by extruding the sulfopolyester and one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers separately through a spinneret having a shaped or engineered transverse geometry such as, for example, an “islands-in-the-sea,” striped, or segmented pie configuration.
- segment when used to describe the shaped cross section of a multicomponent fiber refer to the area within the cross section comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers. These domains or segments are substantially isolated from each other by the water-dispersible sulfopolyester, which intervenes between the segments or domains.
- substantially isolated as used herein, is intended to mean that the segments or domains are set apart from each other to permit the segments or domains to form individual fibers upon removal of the sulfopolyester. Segments or domains can be of similar shape and size or can vary in shape and/or size. Furthermore, the segments or domains can be “substantially continuous” along the length of the multicomponent fiber.
- substantially continuous means that the segments or domains are continuous along at least 10 cm length of the multicomponent fiber. These segments or domains of the multicomponent fiber produce the water non-dispersible microfibers when the water dispersible sulfopolyester is removed.
- water-dispersible as used in reference to the water-dispersible component and the sulfopolyesters is intended to be synonymous with the terms “water-dissipatable,” “water-disintegratable,” “water-dissolvable,” “water-dispellable,” “water soluble,” “water-removable,” “hydrosoluble,” and “hydrodispersible” and is intended to mean that the sulfopolyester component is sufficiently removed from the multicomponent fiber and is dispersed and/or dissolved by the action of water to enable the release and separation of the water non-dispersible fibers contained therein.
- dispersible dispersible
- dissipate dissipatable
- a sufficient amount of deionized water e.g., 100:1 water:fiber by weight
- the sulfopolyester component dissolves, disintegrates, or separates from the multicomponent fiber, thus leaving behind a plurality of microfibers from the water non-dispersible segments.
- all of these terms refer to the activity of water or a mixture of water and a water-miscible cosolvent on the sulfopolyesters described herein.
- water-miscible cosolvents includes alcohols, ketones, glycol ethers, esters and the like. It is intended for this terminology to include conditions where the sulfopolyester is dissolved to form a true solution as well as those where the sulfopolyester is dispersed within the aqueous medium. Often, due to the statistical nature of sulfopolyester compositions, it is possible to have a soluble fraction and a dispersed fraction when a single sulfopolyester sample is placed in an aqueous medium.
- polystyrene encompasses both “homopolyesters” and “copolyesters” and means a synthetic polymer prepared by the polycondensation of difunctional carboxylic acids with a difunctional hydroxyl compound.
- the difunctional carboxylic acid is a dicarboxylic acid and the difunctional hydroxyl compound is a dihydric alcohol such as, for example, glycols and diols.
- the difunctional carboxylic acid may be a hydroxy carboxylic acid such as, for example, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, and the difunctional hydroxyl compound may be an aromatic nucleus bearing two hydroxy substituents such as, for example, hydroquinone.
- the term “sulfopolyester” means any polyester comprising a sulfomonomer.
- the term “residue,” as used herein, means any organic structure incorporated into a polymer through a polycondensation reaction involving the corresponding monomer.
- the dicarboxylic acid residue may be derived from a dicarboxylic acid monomer or its associated acid halides, esters, salts, anhydrides, or mixtures thereof.
- dicarboxylic acid is intended to include dicarboxylic acids and any derivative of a dicarboxylic acid, including its associated acid halides, esters, half-esters, salts, half-salts, anhydrides, mixed anhydrides, or mixtures thereof, useful in a polycondensation process with a diol to make high molecular weight polyesters.
- the water-dispersible sulfopolyesters generally comprise dicarboxylic acid monomer residues, sulfomonomer residues, diol monomer residues, and repeating units.
- the sulfomonomer may be a dicarboxylic acid, a diol, or hydroxycarboxylic acid.
- the term “monomer residue,” as used herein, means a residue of a dicarboxylic acid, a diol, or a hydroxycarboxylic acid.
- a “repeating unit,” as used herein, means an organic structure having 2 monomer residues bonded through a carbonyloxy group.
- the sulfopolyesters of the present invention contain substantially equal molar proportions of acid residues (100 mole percent) and diol residues (100 mole percent), which react in substantially equal proportions such that the total moles of repeating units is equal to 100 mole percent.
- the mole percentages provided in the present disclosure therefore, may be based on the total moles of acid residues, the total moles of diol residues, or the total moles of repeating units.
- a sulfopolyester containing 30 mole percent of a sulfomonomer, which may be a dicarboxylic acid, a diol, or hydroxycarboxylic acid, based on the total repeating units means that the sulfopolyester contains 30 mole percent sulfomonomer out of a total of 100 mole percent repeating units. Thus, there are 30 moles of sulfomonomer residues among every 100 moles of repeating units.
- a sulfopolyester containing 30 mole percent of a sulfonated dicarboxylic acid means the sulfopolyester contains 30 mole percent sulfonated dicarboxlyic acid out of a total of 100 mole percent acid residues.
- our invention also provides a process for producing the multicomponent fibers and the microfibers derived therefrom, the process comprising (a) producing the multicomponent fiber and (b) generating the microfibers from the multicomponent fibers.
- the process begins by (a) spinning a water dispersible sulfopolyester having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 36° C., 40° C., or 57° C. and one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers immiscible with the sulfopolyester into multicomponent fibers.
- the multicomponent fibers can have a plurality of segments comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers that are substantially isolated from each other by the sulfopolyester, which intervenes between the segments.
- the sulfopolyester comprises:
- one or more diol residues wherein at least 25 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH 2 —CH 2 ) n —OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500;
- the sulfopolyester has a melt viscosity of less than 12,000, 8,000, or 6,000 poise measured at 240° C. at a strain rate of 1 rad/sec.
- the microfibers are generated by (b) contacting the multicomponent fibers with water to remove the sulfopolyester thereby forming the microfibers comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer.
- the water non-dispersible microfibers of the instant invention can have an average fineness of at least 0.001, 0.005, or 0.01 dpf and/or no more than 0.1 or 0.5 dpf.
- the multicomponent fiber is contacted with water at a temperature of about 25° C. to about 100° C., preferably about 50° C. to about 80° C., for a time period of from about 10 to about 600 seconds whereby the sulfopolyester is dissipated or dissolved.
- the ratio by weight of the sulfopolyester to water non-dispersible synthetic polymer component in the multicomponent fiber of the invention is generally in the range of about 98:2 to about 2:98 or, in another example, in the range of about 25:75 to about 75:25.
- the sulfopolyester comprises 50 percent by weight or less of the total weight of the multicomponent fiber.
- the shaped cross section of the multicomponent fibers can be, for example, in the form of a sheath core, islands-in-the-sea, segmented pie, hollow segmented pie, off-centered segmented pie, or striped.
- the striped configuration can have alternating water dispersible segments and water non-dispersible segments and have at least 4, 8, or 12 stripes and/or less than 50, 35, or 20 stripes.
- multicomponent fibers of the present invention can be prepared in a number of ways.
- multicomponent fibers may be prepared by extruding the sulfopolyester and one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers, which are immiscible with the sulfopolyester, separately through a spinneret having a shaped or engineered transverse geometry such as, for example, islands-in-the-sea, sheath core, side-by-side, striped, or segmented pie.
- the sulfopolyester may be later removed by dissolving the interfacial layers or pie segments and leaving the microdenier fibers of the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer(s). These microdenier fibers of the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer(s) have fiber sizes much smaller than the multicomponent fiber.
- Another example includes feeding the sulfopolyester and water non-dispersible synthetic polymers to a polymer distribution system where the polymers are introduced into a segmented spinneret plate. The polymers follow separate paths to the fiber spinneret and are combined at the spinneret hole.
- the spinneret hole comprises either two concentric circular holes, thus providing a sheath core type fiber, or a circular spinneret hole divided along a diameter into multiple parts to provide a fiber having a side-by-side type.
- the sulfopolyester and water non-dispersible synthetic polymers may be introduced separately into a spinneret having a plurality of radial channels to produce a multicomponent fiber having a segmented pie cross section.
- the sulfopolyester will form the “sheath” component of a sheath core configuration.
- Another alternative process involves forming the multicomponent fibers by melting the sulfopolyester and water non-dispersible synthetic polymers in separate extruders and directing the polymer flows into one spinneret with a plurality of distribution flow paths in form of small thin tubes or segments to provide a fiber having an islands-in-the-sea shaped cross section.
- An example of such a spinneret is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,366,804.
- the sulfopolyester will form the “sea” component and the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer will form the “islands” component.
- the water used to remove the sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fibers be above room temperature, more preferably the water is at least about 45° C., 60° C., or 85° C.
- Another process is provided to produce water non-dispersible microfibers.
- the process comprises:
- wash water for at least 0.1, 0.5, or 1 minutes and/or not more than 30, 20, or 10 minutes to produce a fiber mix slurry, wherein the wash water can have a pH of less than 10, 8, 7.5, or 7 and can be substantially free of added caustic;
- the wet lap is comprised of at least 5, 10, 15, or 20 weight percent and/or not more than 50, 45, or 40 weight percent of the water non-dispersible microfiber and at least 50, 55, or 60 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 85, or 80 weight percent of the sulfopolyester dispersion.
- the multicomponent fiber can be cut into any length that can be utilized to produce nonwoven articles.
- the multicomponent fiber is cut into lengths ranging of at least 0.1, 0.25, or 0.5 millimeter and/or not more than 25, 10, 5, or 2 millimeter.
- the cutting ensures a consistent fiber length so that at least 75, 85, 90, 95, or 98 percent of the individual fibers have an individual length that is within 90, 95, or 98 percent of the average length of all fibers.
- the fiber-containing feedstock can comprise any other type of fiber that is useful in the production of nonwoven articles.
- the fiber-containing feedstock further comprises at least one fiber selected from the group consisting of cellulosic fiber pulp, inorganic fibers including glass, carbon, boron and ceramic fibers, polyester fibers, lyocell fibers, nylon fibers, polyolefin fibers, rayon fibers, and cellulose ester fibers.
- the fiber-containing feedstock is mixed with a wash water to produce a fiber mix slurry.
- the water utilized can be soft water or deionized water.
- the wash water can have a pH of less than 10, 8, 7.5, or 7 and can be substantially free of added caustic.
- the wash water can be maintained at a temperature of at least 140° F., 150° F., or 160° F. and/or not more than 210° F., 200° F., or 190° F. during contacting of step (b).
- the wash water contacting of step (b) can disperse substantially all of the water-dispersible sulfopolyester segments of the multicomponent fiber, so that the dissociated water non-dispersible microfibers have less than 5, 2, or 1 weight percent of residual water dispersible sulfopolyester disposed thereon.
- the fiber mix slurry can be heated to facilitate removal of the water dispersible sulfopolyester.
- the fiber mix slurry is heated to at least 50° C., 60° C., 70° C., 80° C. or 90° C. and no more than 100° C.
- the fiber mix slurry can be mixed in a shearing zone.
- the amount of mixing is that which is sufficient to disperse and remove a portion of the water dispersible sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fiber.
- at least 90, 95, or 98 weight percent of the sulfopolyester can be removed from the water non-dispersible microfiber.
- the shearing zone can comprise any type of equipment that can provide a turbulent fluid flow necessary to disperse and remove a portion of the water dispersible sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fiber and separate the water non-dispersible microfibers. Examples of such equipment include, but is not limited to, pulpers and refiners.
- the water dispersible sulfopolyester dissociates with the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer fiber to produce a slurry mixture comprising a sulfopolyester dispersion and the water non-dispersible microfibers.
- the sulfopolyester dispersion can be separated from the water non-dispersible microfibers by any means known in the art in order to produce a wet lap, wherein the sulfopolyester dispersion and the water non-dispersible microfibers in combination can make up at least 95, 98, or 99 weight percent of the wet lap.
- the slurry mixture can be routed through separating equipment such as, for example, screens and filters.
- the water non-dispersible microfibers may be washed once or numerous times to remove more of the water dispersible sulfopolyester.
- the wet lap can comprise up to at least 30, 45, 50, 55, or 60 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 86, 85, or 80 weight percent water. Even after removing some of the sulfopolyester dispersion, the wet lap can comprise at least 0.001, 0.01, or 0.1 and/or not more than 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent of water dispersible sulfopolyesters.
- the wet lap can further comprise a fiber finishing composition comprising an oil, a wax, and/or a fatty acid.
- the fatty acid and/or oil used for the fiber finishing composition can be naturally-derived.
- the fiber finishing composition comprises mineral oil, stearate esters, sorbitan esters, and/or neatsfoot oil.
- the fiber finishing composition can make up at least 10, 50, or 100 ppmw and/or not more than 5,000, 1000, or 500 ppmw of the wet lap.
- the removal of the water-dispersible sulfopolyester can be determined by physical observation of the slurry mixture.
- the water utilized to rinse the water non-dispersible microfibers is clear if the water-dispersible sulfopolyester has been mostly removed. If the water dispersible sulfopolyester is still present in noticeable amounts, then the water utilized to rinse the water non-dispersible microfibers can be milky in color. Further, if water-dispersible sulfopolyester remains on the water non-dispersible microfibers, the microfibers can be somewhat sticky to the touch.
- the dilute wet-lay slurry of step (g) can comprise the dilution liquid in an amount of at least 90, 95, 98, 99, or 99.9 weight percent.
- an additional fiber can be combined with the wet lap and dilution liquid to produce the dilute wet-lay slurry.
- the additional fibers can have a different composition and/or configuration than the water non-dispersible microfiber and can be any that is known in the art depending on the type of nonwoven article to be produced.
- the other fiber can be selected from the group consisting cellulosic fiber pulp, inorganic fibers (e.g., glass, carbon, boron, ceramic, and combinations thereof), polyester fibers, nylon fibers, polyolefin fibers, rayon fibers, lyocell fibers, cellulose ester fibers, and combinations thereof.
- the dilute wet-lay slurry can comprise additional fibers in an amount of at least 0.001, 0.005, or 0.01 weight percent and/or not more than 1, 0.5, or 0.1 weight percent.
- At least one water softening agent may be used to facilitate the removal of the water-dispersible sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fiber.
- Any water softening agent known in the art can be utilized.
- the water softening agent is a chelating agent or calcium ion sequestrant. Applicable chelating agents or calcium ion sequestrants are compounds containing a plurality of carboxylic acid groups per molecule where the carboxylic groups in the molecular structure of the chelating agent are separated by 2 to 6 atoms.
- Tetrasodium ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid is an example of the most common chelating agent, containing four carboxylic acid moieties per molecular structure with a separation of 3 atoms between adjacent carboxylic acid groups.
- Sodium salts of maleic acid or succinic acid are examples of the most basic chelating agent compounds.
- Further examples of applicable chelating agents include compounds which have multiple carboxylic acid groups in the molecular structure wherein the carboxylic acid groups are separated by the required distance (2 to 6 atom units) which yield a favorable steric interaction with di- or multi-valent cations such as calcium which cause the chelating agent to preferentially bind to di- or multi valent cations.
- Such compounds include, for example, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid; diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N′,N′′-pentaacetic acid; pentetic acid; N,N-bis(2-(bis-(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)-glycine; diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid; [[(carboxymethyl)imino]bis(ethylenenitrilo)]-tetra-acetic acid; edetic acid; ethylenedinitrilotetraacetic acid; EDTA, free base; EDTA, free acid; ethylenediamine-N,N,N′,N′-tetraacetic acid; hampene; versene; N,N′-1,2-ethane diylbis-(N-(carboxymethyl)glycine); ethylenediamine tetra-acetic acid; N,N-bis(carboxymethyl)glycine; triglycollamic acid; trilone A;
- the water dispersible sulfopolyester can be recovered from the sulfopolyester dispersion by any method known in the art.
- the sulfopolyesters described herein can have an inherent viscosity, abbreviated hereinafter as “I.V.”, of at least about 0.1, 0.2, or 0.3 dL/g, preferably about 0.2 to 0.3 dL/g, and most preferably greater than about 0.3 dL/g, as measured in 60/40 parts by weight solution of phenol/tetrachloroethane solvent at 25° C. and at a concentration of about 0.5 g of sulfopolyester in 100 mL of solvent.
- I.V. inherent viscosity
- the sulfopolyesters of the present invention can include one or more dicarboxylic acid residues.
- the dicarboxylic acid residue may comprise at least 60, 65, or 70 mole percent and no more than 95 or 100 mole percent of the acid residues.
- dicarboxylic acids that may be used include aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, alicyclic dicarboxylic acids, aromatic dicarboxylic acids, or mixtures of two or more of these acids.
- suitable dicarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, succinic, glutaric, adipic, azelaic, sebacic, fumaric, maleic, itaconic, 1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic, 1,4cyclohexanedicarboxylic, diglycolic, 2,5-norbornanedicarboxylic, phthalic, terephthalic, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic, 2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic, diphenic, 4,4′-oxydibenzoic, 4,4′-sulfonyldibenzoic, and isophthalic.
- the preferred dicarboxylic acid residues are isophthalic, terephthalic, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acids, or if diesters are used, dimethyl terephthalate, dimethyl isophthalate, and dimethyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate with the residues of isophthalic and terephthalic acid being especially preferred.
- dicarboxylic acid methyl ester is the most preferred embodiment, it is also acceptable to include higher order alkyl esters, such as ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, and so forth.
- aromatic esters, particularly phenyl also may be employed.
- the sulfopolyesters can include at least 4, 6, or 8 mole percent and no more than about 40, 35, 30, or 25 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of at least one sulfomonomer having 2 functional groups and one or more sulfonate groups attached to an aromatic or cycloaliphatic ring wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof.
- the sulfomonomer may be a dicarboxylic acid or ester thereof containing a sulfonate group, a diol containing a sulfonate group, or a hydroxy acid containing a sulfonate group.
- sulfonate refers to a salt of a sulfonic acid having the structure “—SO 3 M,” wherein M is the cation of the sulfonate salt.
- the cation of the sulfonate salt may be a metal ion such as Li + , Na + , K + , and the like.
- the resulting sulfopolyester is completely dispersible in water with the rate of dispersion dependent on the content of sulfomonomer in the polymer, temperature of the water, surface area/thickness of the sulfopolyester, and so forth.
- a divalent metal ion is used, the resulting sulfopolyesters are not readily dispersed by cold water but are more easily dispersed by hot water. Utilization of more than one counterion within a single polymer composition is possible and may offer a means to tailor or fine-tune the water-responsivity of the resulting article of manufacture.
- sulfomonomers residues include monomer residues where the sulfonate salt group is attached to an aromatic acid nucleus, such as, for example, benzene, naphthalene, diphenyl, oxydiphenyl, sulfonyldiphenyl, methylenediphenyl, or cycloaliphatic rings (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl).
- aromatic acid nucleus such as, for example, benzene, naphthalene, diphenyl, oxydiphenyl, sulfonyldiphenyl, methylenediphenyl, or cycloaliphatic rings (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl).
- sulfomonomer residues which may be used in the present invention are the metal sulfonate salts of sulfophthalic acid, sulfoterephthalic acid, sulfoisophthalic acid, or combinations thereof.
- sulfomonomers which may be used include 5-sodiosulfoisophthalic acid and esters thereof.
- the sulfomonomers used in the preparation of the sulfopolyesters are known compounds and may be prepared using methods well known in the art.
- sulfomonomers in which the sulfonate group is attached to an aromatic ring may be prepared by sulfonating the aromatic compound with oleum to obtain the corresponding sulfonic acid and followed by reaction with a metal oxide or base, for example, sodium acetate, to prepare the sulfonate salt.
- Procedures for preparation of various sulfomonomers are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,779,993; U.S. Pat. No. 3,018,272; and U.S. Pat. No. 3,528,947, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the sulfopolyesters can include one or more diol residues which may include aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, and aralkyl glycols.
- the cycloaliphatic diols for example, 1,3- and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, may be present as their pure cis or trans isomers or as a mixture of cis and trans isomers.
- diol is synonymous with the term “glycol” and can encompass any dihydric alcohol.
- diols include, but are not limited to, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycols, 1,3-propanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-2-ethylhexane-1,3-diol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-butyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-isobutyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-hexanediol, thiodiethanol, 1,2-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-1,3
- the diol residues may include from about 25 mole percent to about 100 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, of residues of a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH 2 —CH 2 ) n —OH, wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500.
- Non-limiting examples of lower molecular weight polyethylene glycols e.g., wherein n is from 2 to 6) are diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, and tetraethylene glycol. Of these lower molecular weight glycols, diethylene and triethylene glycol are most preferred.
- PEG polyethylene glycols
- CARBOWAX® a product of Dow Chemical Company (formerly Union Carbide).
- ethylene glycol ethylene glycol
- the molecular weight may range from greater than 300 to about 22,000 g/mol.
- the molecular weight and the mole percent are inversely proportional to each other; specifically, as the molecular weight is increased, the mole percent will be decreased in order to achieve a designated degree of hydrophilicity.
- a PEG having a molecular weight of 1,000 g/mol may constitute up to 10 mole percent of the total diol, while a PEG having a molecular weight of 10,000 g/mol would typically be incorporated at a level of less than 1 mole percent of the total diol.
- dimer, trimer, and tetramer diols may be formed in situ due to side reactions that may be controlled by varying the process conditions.
- varying amounts of diethylene, triethylene, and tetraethylene glycols may be derived from ethylene glycol using an acid-catalyzed dehydration reaction which occurs readily when the polycondensation reaction is carried out under acidic conditions.
- the presence of buffer solutions may be added to the reaction mixture to retard these side reactions. Additional compositional latitude is possible, however, if the buffer is omitted and the dimerization, trimerization, and tetramerization reactions are allowed to proceed.
- the sulfopolyesters of the present invention may include from 0 to less than 25, 20, 15, or 10 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of a branching monomer having 3 or more functional groups wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof.
- branching monomers are 1,1,1-trimethylol propane, 1,1,1-trimethylolethane, glycerin, pentaerythritol, erythritol, threitol, dipentaerythritol, sorbitol, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, dimethylol propionic acid, or combinations thereof.
- a branching monomer may result in a number of possible benefits to the sulfopolyesters, including but not limited to, the ability to tailor rheological, solubility, and tensile properties.
- a branched sulfopolyester compared to a linear analog, will also have a greater concentration of end groups that may facilitate post-polymerization crosslinking reactions.
- branching agent At high concentrations of branching agent, however, the sulfopolyester may be prone to gelation.
- the sulfopolyester used for the multicomponent fiber can have a glass transition temperature, abbreviated herein as “Tg,” of at least 25° C., 30° C., 36° C., 40° C., 45° C., 50° C., 55° C., 57° C., 60° C., or 65° C. as measured on the dry polymer using standard techniques well known to persons skilled in the art, such as differential scanning calorimetry (“DSC”).
- Tg measurements of the sulfopolyesters are conducted using a “dry polymer,” that is, a polymer sample in which adventitious or absorbed water is driven off by heating the polymer to a temperature of about 200° C. and allowing the sample to return to room temperature.
- the sulfopolyester is dried in the DSC apparatus by conducting a first thermal scan in which the sample is heated to a temperature above the water vaporization temperature, holding the sample at that temperature until the vaporization of the water absorbed in the polymer is complete (as indicated by a large, broad endotherm), cooling the sample to room temperature, and then conducting a second thermal scan to obtain the Tg measurement.
- our invention provides a sulfopolyester having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 25° C., wherein the sulfopolyester comprises:
- diol residues wherein at least 25, 50, 70, or 75 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH 2 —CH 2 ) n —OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500;
- the sulfopolyesters of the instant invention are readily prepared from the appropriate dicarboxylic acids, esters, anhydrides, salts, sulfomonomer, and the appropriate diol or diol mixtures using typical polycondensation reaction conditions. They may be made by continuous, semi-continuous, and batch modes of operation and may utilize a variety of reactor types. Examples of suitable reactor types include, but are not limited to, stirred tank, continuous stirred tank, slurry, tubular, wiped-film, falling film, or extrusion reactors.
- continuous as used herein means a process wherein reactants are introduced and products withdrawn simultaneously in an uninterrupted manner.
- continuous it is meant that the process is substantially or completely continuous in operation and is to be contrasted with a “batch” process. “Continuous” is not meant in any way to prohibit normal interruptions in the continuity of the process due to, for example, start-up, reactor maintenance, or scheduled shut down periods.
- batch process as used herein means a process wherein all the reactants are added to the reactor and then processed according to a predetermined course of reaction during which no material is fed or removed from the reactor.
- continuous means a process where some of the reactants are charged at the beginning of the process and the remaining reactants are fed continuously as the reaction progresses.
- a semicontinuous process may also include a process similar to a batch process in which all the reactants are added at the beginning of the process except that one or more of the products are removed continuously as the reaction progresses.
- the process is operated advantageously as a continuous process for economic reasons and to produce superior coloration of the polymer as the sulfopolyester may deteriorate in appearance if allowed to reside in a reactor at an elevated temperature for too long a duration.
- the sulfopolyesters can be prepared by procedures known to persons skilled in the art.
- the sulfomonomer is most often added directly to the reaction mixture from which the polymer is made, although other processes are known and may also be employed, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,018,272, U.S. Pat. No. 3,075,952, and U.S. Pat. No. 3,033,822.
- the reaction of the sulfomonomer, diol component, and the dicarboxylic acid component may be carried out using conventional polyester polymerization conditions.
- the reaction process may comprise two steps.
- the diol component and the dicarboxylic acid component such as, for example, dimethyl isophthalate
- the temperature for the ester interchange reaction ranges from about 180° C. to about 230° C.
- reaction product is heated under higher temperatures and under reduced pressure to form a sulfopolyester with the elimination of a diol, which is readily volatilized under these conditions and removed from the system.
- This second step, or polycondensation step is continued under higher vacuum conditions and a temperature which generally ranges from about 230° C. to about 350° C., preferably about 250° C. to about 310° C., and most preferably about 260° C. to about 290° C.
- the polycondensation step may be conducted under reduced pressure which ranges from about 53 kPa (400 torr) to about 0.013 kPa (0.1 torr). Stirring or appropriate conditions are used in both stages to ensure adequate heat transfer and surface renewal of the reaction mixture. The reactions of both stages are facilitated by appropriate catalysts such as, for example, alkoxy titanium compounds, alkali metal hydroxides and alcoholates, salts of organic carboxylic acids, alkyl tin compounds, metal oxides, and the like.
- a three-stage manufacturing procedure similar to that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,290,631 may also be used, particularly when a mixed monomer feed of acids and esters is employed.
- sulfopolyesters are produced by reacting the dicarboxylic acid or a mixture of dicarboxylic acids with the diol component or a mixture of diol components.
- the reaction is conducted at a pressure of from about 7 kPa gauge (1 psig) to about 1,379 kPa gauge (200 psig), preferably less than 689 kPa (100 psig) to produce a low molecular weight, linear or branched sulfopolyester product having an average degree of polymerization of from about 1.4 to about 10.
- the temperatures employed during the direct esterification reaction typically range from about 180° C. to about 280° C., more preferably ranging from about 220° C. to about 270° C. This low molecular weight polymer may then be polymerized by a polycondensation reaction.
- the sulfopolyesters are advantageous for the preparation of bicomponent and multicomponent fibers having a shaped cross section.
- sulfopolyesters or blends of sulfopolyesters having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 35° C. are particularly useful for multicomponent fibers for preventing blocking and fusing of the fiber during spinning and take up.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- blends of one or more sulfopolyesters may be used in varying proportions to obtain a sulfopolyester blend having the desired Tg.
- the Tg of a sulfopolyester blend may be calculated by using a weighted average of the Tg's of the sulfopolyester components. For example, sulfopolyesters having a Tg of 48° C. may be blended in a 25:75 weight:weight ratio with another sulfopolyester having Tg of 65° C. to give a sulfopolyester blend having a Tg of approximately 61° C.
- the water dispersible sulfopolyester component of the multicomponent fiber presents properties which allow at least one of the following:
- the sulfopolyester or sulfopolyester blend utilized in the multicomponent fibers or binders can have a melt viscosity of generally less than about 12,000, 10,000, 6,000, or 4,000 poise as measured at 240° C. and at a 1 rad/sec shear rate.
- the sulfopolyester or sulfopolyester blend exhibits a melt viscosity of between about 1,000 to 12,000 poise, more preferably between 2,000 to 6,000 poise, and most preferably between 2,500 to 4,000 poise measured at 240° C. and at a 1 rad/sec shear rate.
- the samples Prior to determining the viscosity, the samples are dried at 60° C.
- melt viscosity is measured on a rheometer using 25 mm diameter parallel-plate geometry at a 1 mm gap setting. A dynamic frequency sweep is run at a strain rate range of 1 to 400 rad/sec and 10 percent strain amplitude. The viscosity is then measured at 240° C. and at a strain rate of 1 rad/sec.
- the level of sulfomonomer residues in the sulfopolyester polymers is at least 4 or 5 mole percent and less than about 25, 20, 12, or 10 mole percent, reported as a percentage of the total diacid or diol residues in the sulfopolyester.
- Sulfomonomers for use with the invention preferably have 2 functional groups and one or more sulfonate groups attached to an aromatic or cycloaliphatic ring wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof.
- a sodiosulfo-isophthalic acid monomer is particularly preferred.
- the sulfopolyester preferably comprises residues of one or more dicarboxylic acids, one or more diol residues wherein at least 25 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH 2 —CH 2 ) n —OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500, and 0 to about 20 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of a branching monomer having 3 or more functional groups wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof.
- the sulfopolyester comprises from about 60 to 99, 80 to 96, or 88 to 94 mole percent of dicarboxylic acid residues, from about 1 to 40, 4 to 20, or 6 to 12 mole percent of sulfomonomer residues, and 100 mole percent of diol residues (there being a total mole percent of 200 percent, i.e., 100 mole percent diacid and 100 mole percent diol).
- the dicarboxylic portion of the sulfopolyester comprises between about 50 to 95, 60 to 80, or 65 to 75 mole percent of terephthalic acid, about 0.5 to 49, 1 to 30, or 15 to 25 mole percent of isophthalic acid, and about 1 to 40, 4 to 20, or 6 to 12 mole percent of 5-sodiosulfoisophthalic acid (5-SSIPA).
- the diol portion comprises from about 0 to 50 mole percent of diethylene glycol and from about 50 to 100 mole percent of ethylene glycol.
- the water dispersible component of the multicomponent fibers or the binders of the nonwoven article may consist essentially of or, consist of, the sulfopolyesters described hereinabove.
- the sulfopolyesters of this invention may be blended with one or more supplemental polymers to modify the properties of the resulting multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article.
- the supplemental polymer may or may not be water-dispersible depending on the application and may be miscible or immiscible with the sulfopolyester. If the supplemental polymer is water non-dispersible, it is preferred that the blend with the sulfopolyester is immiscible.
- miscible is intended to mean that the blend has a single, homogeneous amorphous phase as indicated by a single composition-dependent Tg.
- a first polymer that is miscible with second polymer may be used to “plasticize” the second polymer as illustrated, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 6,211,309.
- the term “immiscible,” as used herein denotes a blend that shows at least two randomly mixed phases and exhibits more than one Tg. Some polymers may be immiscible and yet compatible with the sulfopolyester.
- Non-limiting examples of water-dispersible polymers that may be blended with the sulfopolyester are polymethacrylic acid, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene-acrylic acid copolymers, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene oxide, hydroxy propyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, isopropyl cellulose, methyl ether starch, polyacrylamides, poly(N-vinyl caprolactam), polyethyl oxazoline, poly(2-isopropyl-2-oxazoline), polyvinyl methyl oxazolidone, water-dispersible sulfopolyesters, polyvinyl methyl oxazolidimone, poly(2,4-dimethyl-6-triazinylethylene), and ethylene oxide-propylene oxide copolymers.
- polymers which are water non-dispersible that may be blended with the sulfopolyester include, but are not limited to, polyolefins, such as homo- and copolymers of polyethylene and polypropylene; poly(ethylene terephthalate); poly(butylene terephthalate); and polyamides, such as nylon-6; polylactides; caprolactone; Eastar Bio® (poly(tetramethylene adipate-co-terephthalate), a product of Eastman Chemical Company); polycarbonate; polyurethane; and polyvinyl chloride.
- blends of more than one sulfopolyester may be used to tailor the end-use properties of the resulting multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article.
- the blends of one or more sulfopolyesters will have Tg's of at least 25° C. for the binder compositions and at least 35° C. for the multicomponent fibers.
- the sulfopolyester and supplemental polymer may be blended in batch, semicontinuous, or continuous processes. Small scale batches may be readily prepared in any high-intensity mixing devices well known to those skilled in the art, such as Banbury mixers, prior to melt-spinning fibers. The components may also be blended in solution in an appropriate solvent.
- the melt blending method includes blending the sulfopolyester and supplemental polymer at a temperature sufficient to melt the polymers. The blend may be cooled and pelletized for further use or the melt blend can be melt spun directly from this molten blend into fiber form.
- the term “melt” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, merely softening the polyester. For melt mixing methods generally known in the polymers art, see Mixing and Compounding of Polymers (I. Manas-Zloczower & Z. Tadmor editors, Carl Hanser Verlag Publisher, 1994, New York, N.Y.).
- additives include, but are not limited to, starches, fillers, light and heat stabilizers, antistatic agents, extrusion aids, dyes, anticounterfeiting markers, slip agents, tougheners, adhesion promoters, oxidative stabilizers, UV absorbers, colorants, pigments, opacifiers (delustrants), optical brighteners, fillers, nucleating agents, plasticizers, viscosity modifiers, surface modifiers, antimicrobials, antifoams, lubricants, thermostabilizers, emulsifiers, disinfectants, cold flow inhibitors, branching agents, oils, waxes, and catalysts.
- additives include, but are not limited to, starches, fillers, light and heat stabilizers, antistatic agents, extrusion aids, dyes, anticounterfeiting markers, slip agents, tougheners, adhesion promoters, oxidative stabilizers, UV absorbers, colorants, pigments, opacifiers (delustrants), optical bright
- the multicomponent fibers and nonwoven articles will contain less than 10 weight percent of anti-blocking additives, based on the total weight of the multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article.
- the multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article may contain less than 10, 9, 5, 3, or 1 weight percent of a pigment or filler based on the total weight of the multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article.
- Colorants sometimes referred to as toners, may be added to impart a desired neutral hue and/or brightness to the water non-dispersible polymer.
- pigments or colorants may be included in the water non-dispersible polymer when producing the polymer or they may be melt blended with the preformed sulfopolyester.
- a preferred method of including colorants is to use a colorant having thermally stable organic colored compounds having reactive groups such that the colorant is copolymerized and incorporated into the water non-dispersible polymer to improve its hue.
- colorants such as dyes possessing reactive hydroxyl and/or carboxyl groups, including, but not limited to, blue and red substituted anthraquinones, may be copolymerized into the polymer chain
- the segments or domains of the multicomponent fibers may comprise one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers.
- water non-dispersible synthetic polymers which may be used in segments of the multicomponent fiber include, but are not limited to, polyolefins, polyesters, copolyesters, polyamides, polylactides, polycaprolactone, polycarbonate, polyurethane, acrylics, cellulose ester, and/or polyvinyl chloride.
- the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer may be polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate homopolymer, polyethylene terephthalate copolymer, polybutylene terephthalate, polycyclohexylene cyclohexanedicarboxylate, polycyclohexylene terephthalate, polytrimethylene terephthalate, and the like.
- the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer can be biodistintegratable as determined by DIN Standard 54900 and/or biodegradable as determined by ASTM Standard Method, D6340-98. Examples of biodegradable polyesters and polyester blends are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,599,858; U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,911; U.S. Pat. No. 5,446,079; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,559,171.
- biodegradable as used herein in reference to the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers, is understood to mean that the polymers are degraded under environmental influences such as, for example, in a composting environment, in an appropriate and demonstrable time span as defined, for example, by ASTM Standard Method, D6340-98, entitled “Standard Test Methods for Determining Aerobic Biodegradation of Radiolabeled Plastic Materials in an Aqueous or Compost Environment.”
- the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers of the present invention also may be “biodisintegratable,” meaning that the polymers are easily fragmented in a composting environment as defined, for example, by DIN Standard 54900.
- the biodegradable polymer is initially reduced in molecular weight in the environment by the action of heat, water, air, microbes, and other factors. This reduction in molecular weight results in a loss of physical properties (tenacity) and often in fiber breakage.
- the monomers and oligomers are then assimilated by the microbes. In an aerobic environment, these monomers or oligomers are ultimately oxidized to CO 2 , H 2 O, and new cell biomass. In an anaerobic environment, the monomers or oligomers are ultimately converted to CO 2 , H 2 , acetate, methane, and cell biomass.
- the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers may comprise aliphatic-aromatic polyesters, abbreviated herein as “AAPE.”
- aliphatic-aromatic polyester means a polyester comprising a mixture of residues from aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acids, aliphatic diols, cycloaliphatic diols, aromatic diols, and aromatic dicarboxylic acids.
- non-aromatic as used herein with respect to the dicarboxylic acid and diol monomers of the present invention, means that carboxyl or hydroxyl groups of the monomer are not connected through an aromatic nucleus.
- adipic acid contains no aromatic nucleus in its backbone (i.e., the chain of carbon atoms connecting the carboxylic acid groups), thus adipic acid is “non-aromatic.”
- aromatic means the dicarboxylic acid or diol contains an aromatic nucleus in its backbone such as, for example, terephthalic acid or 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid.
- Non-aromatic therefore, is intended to include both aliphatic and cycloaliphatic structures such as, for example, diols and dicarboxylic acids, which contain as a backbone a straight or branched chain or cyclic arrangement of the constituent carbon atoms which may be saturated or paraffinic in nature, unsaturated (i.e., containing non-aromatic carbon-carbon double bonds), or acetylenic (i.e., containing carbon-carbon triple bonds).
- non-aromatic is intended to include linear and branched, chain structures (referred to herein as “aliphatic”) and cyclic structures (referred to herein as “alicyclic” or “cycloaliphatic”).
- non-aromatic is not intended to exclude any aromatic substituents which may be attached to the backbone of an aliphatic or cycloaliphatic diol or dicarboxylic acid.
- the difunctional carboxylic acid typically is a aliphatic dicarboxylic acid such as, for example, adipic acid, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid such as, for example, terephthalic acid.
- the difunctional hydroxyl compound may be cycloaliphatic diol such as, for example, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, a linear or branched aliphatic diol such as, for example, 1,4-butanediol, or an aromatic diol such as, for example, hydroquinone.
- cycloaliphatic diol such as, for example, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol
- a linear or branched aliphatic diol such as, for example, 1,4-butanediol
- an aromatic diol such as, for example, hydroquinone.
- the AAPE may be a linear or branched random copolyester and/or chain extended copolyester comprising diol residues which comprise the residues of one or more substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched, diols selected from aliphatic diols containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms, polyalkylene ether glycols containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and cycloaliphatic diols containing about 4 to about 12 carbon atoms.
- the substituted diols typically, will comprise 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from halo, C 6 -C 10 aryl, and C 1 -C 4 alkoxy.
- diols which may be used include, but are not limited to, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, polyethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-hexanediol, thiodiethanol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclo-hexanedimethanol, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-1,3-cyclobutanediol, triethylene glycol, and tetraethylene glycol.
- the AAPE also comprises diacid residues which contain about 35 to about 99 mole percent, based on the total moles of diacid residues, of the residues of one or more substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched, non-aromatic dicarboxylic acids selected from aliphatic dicarboxylic acids containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms and cycloaliphatic acids containing about 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the substituted non-aromatic dicarboxylic acids will typically contain 1 to about 4 substituents selected from halo, C 6 -C 10 aryl, and C 1 -C 4 alkoxy.
- Non-limiting examples of non-aromatic diacids include malonic, succinic, glutaric, adipic, pimelic, azelaic, sebacic, fumaric, 2,2-dimethyl glutaric, suberic, 1,3-cyclopentanedicarboxylic, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic, 1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic, diglycolic, itaconic, maleic, and 2,5-norbornane-dicarboxylic.
- the AAPE comprises about 1 to about 65 mole percent, based on the total moles of diacid residues, of the residues of one or more substituted or unsubstituted aromatic dicarboxylic acids containing 6 to about 10 carbon atoms.
- substituted aromatic dicarboxylic acids they will typically contain 1 to about 4 substituents selected from halo, C 6 -C 10 aryl, and C 1 -C 4 alkoxy.
- Non-limiting examples of aromatic dicarboxylic acids which may be used in the AAPE of our invention are terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, salts of 5-sulfoisophthalic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. More preferably, the non-aromatic dicarboxylic acid will comprise adipic acid, the aromatic dicarboxylic acid will comprise terephthalic acid, and the diol will comprise 1,4-butanediol.
- compositions for the AAPE are those prepared from the following diols and dicarboxylic acids (or polyester-forming equivalents thereof such as diesters) in the following mole percentages, based on 100 mole percent of a diacid component and 100 mole percent of a diol component:
- glutaric acid about 30 to about 75 mole percent
- terephthalic acid about 25 to about 70 mole percent
- 1,4-butanediol about 90 to 100 mole percent
- modifying diol (0 about 10 mole percent);
- succinic acid about 30 to about 95 mole percent
- terephthalic acid about 5 to about 70 mole percent
- 1,4-butanediol about 90 to 100 mole percent
- modifying diol (0 to about 10 mole percent)
- adipic acid about 30 to about 75 mole percent
- terephthalic acid about 25 to about 70 mole percent
- 1,4-butanediol about 90 to 100 mole percent
- modifying diol 0. to about 10 mole percent
- the modifying diol preferably is selected from 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and neopentyl glycol.
- the most preferred AAPEs are linear, branched, or chain extended copolyesters comprising about 50 to about 60 mole percent adipic acid residues, about 40 to about 50 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and at least 95 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues. Even more preferably, the adipic acid residues comprise about 55 to about 60 mole percent, the terephthalic acid residues comprise about 40 to about 45 mole percent, and the diol residues comprise about 95 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues.
- Such compositions are commercially available under the trademark EASTAR BIO® copolyester from Eastman Chemical Company, Kingsport, Tenn., and under the trademark ECOFLEX® from BASF Corporation.
- AAPEs include a poly(tetra-methylene glutarate-co-terephthalate) containing (a) 50 mole percent glutaric acid residues, 50 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues, (b) 60 mole percent glutaric acid residues, 40 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent-1,4-butanediol residues, or (c) 40 mole percent glutaric acid residues, 60 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues; a poly(tetramethylene succinate-co-terephthalate) containing (a) 85 mole percent succinic acid residues, 15 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues or (b) 70 mole percent succinic acid residues, 30 mole percent
- the AAPE preferably comprises from about 10 to about 1,000 repeating units and preferably, from about 15 to about 600 repeating units.
- the AAPE may have an inherent viscosity of about 0.4 to about 2.0 dL/g, or more preferably about 0.7 to about 1.6 dL/g, as measured at a temperature of 25° C. using a concentration of 0.5 g copolyester in 100 ml of a 60/40 by weight solution of phenol/tetrachloroethane.
- the AAPE may contain the residues of a branching agent.
- the mole percent ranges for the branching agent are from about 0 to about 2 mole percent, preferably about 0.1 to about 1 mole percent, and most preferably about 0.1 to about 0.5 mole percent based on the total moles of diacid or diol residues (depending on whether the branching agent contains carboxyl or hydroxyl groups).
- the branching agent preferably has a weight average molecular weight of about 50 to about 5,000, more preferably about 92 to about 3,000, and a functionality of about 3 to about 6.
- the branching agent may be the esterified residue of a polyol having 3 to 6 hydroxyl groups, a polycarboxylic acid having 3 or 4 carboxyl groups (or ester-forming equivalent groups), or a hydroxy acid having a total of 3 to 6 hydroxyl and carboxyl groups.
- the AAPE may be branched by the addition of a peroxide during reactive extrusion.
- the water non-dispersible component of the multicomponent fiber may comprise any of those water non-dispersible synthetic polymers described previously. Spinning of the fiber may also occur according to any method described herein. However, the improved rheological properties of the multicomponent fibers in accordance with this aspect of the invention provide for enhanced drawings speeds.
- the multicomponent extrudate is capable of being melt drawn to produce the multicomponent fiber, using any of the methods disclosed herein, at a speed of at least about 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, or 4,500 m/min.
- melt drawing of the multicomponent extrudates at these speeds results in at least some oriented crystallinity in the water non-dispersible component of the multicomponent fiber.
- This oriented crystallinity can increase the dimensional stability of nonwoven materials made from the multicomponent fibers during subsequent processing.
- multicomponent extrudate Another advantage of the multicomponent extrudate is that it can be melt drawn to a multicomponent fiber having an as-spun denier of less than 15, 10, 5, or 2.5 deniers per filament.
- a multicomponent extrudate having a shaped cross section comprising:
- the drawn fibers may be textured and wound-up to form a bulky continuous filament.
- This one-step technique is known in the art as spin-draw-texturing.
- Other embodiments include flat filament (non-textured) yarns, or cut staple fiber, either crimped or uncrimped.
- a sulfopolyester polymer was prepared with the following diacid and diol composition: diacid composition (71 mole percent terephthalic acid, 20 mole percent isophthalic acid, and 9 mole percent 5-(sodiosulfo) isophthalic acid) and diol composition (60 mole percent ethylene glycol and 40 mole percent diethylene glycol).
- the sulfopolyester was prepared by high temperature polyesterification under a vacuum. The esterification conditions were controlled to produce a sulfopolyester having an inherent viscosity of about 0.31. The melt viscosity of this sulfopolyester was measured to be in the range of about 3,000 to 4,000 poise at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec shear rate.
- the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 1 was spun into bicomponent segmented pie fibers and formed into a nonwoven web according to the procedure described in Example 9 of U.S. 2008/0311815, herein incorporated by reference.
- the extrusion zones were set to melt the PET entering the spinnerette die at a temperature of 285° C.
- the secondary extruder (B) processed the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 1, which was fed at a melt temperature of 255° C. into the spinnerette die.
- the melt throughput rate per hole was 0.6 gm/min.
- the volume ratio of PET to sulfopolyester in the bicomponent extrudates was set at 70/30, which represents the weight ratio of about 70/30.
- the cross-section of the bicomponent extrudates had wedge shaped domains of PET with sulfopolyester polymer separating these domains.
- the bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn using the same aspirator assembly used in Comparative Example 8 of U.S. 2008/0311815, herein incorporated by reference.
- the maximum available pressure of the air to the aspirator without breaking the bicomponent fibers during drawing was 45 psi.
- the bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn down to bicomponent fibers with as-spun denier of about 1.2 with the bicomponent fibers exhibiting a diameter of about 11 to 12 microns when viewed under a microscope.
- the speed during the melt drawing process was calculated to be about 4,500 m/min.
- the bicomponent fibers were laid down into nonwoven webs having weights of 140 gsm and 110 gsm.
- the shrinkage of the webs was measured by conditioning the material in a forced-air oven for five minutes at 120° C.
- the area of the nonwoven webs after shrinkage was about 29 percent of the webs' starting areas.
- the nonwoven web having a 110 gsm fabric weight, was soaked for eight minutes in a static deionized water bath at various temperatures. The soaked nonwoven web was dried and the percent weight loss due to soaking in deionized water at the various temperatures was measured as shown in Table 2.
- the sulfopolyester polymer dissipated very readily into deionized water at temperatures above about 46° C., with the removal of the sulfopolyester polymer from the fibers being very extensive or complete at temperatures above 51° C. as shown by the weight loss.
- a weight loss of about 30 percent represented complete removal of the sulfopolyester from the bicomponent fibers in the nonwoven web. If hydroentanglement is used to process this nonwoven web of bicomponent fibers comprising this sulfopolyester, it would be expected that the polymer would not be extensively removed by the hydroentangling water jets at water temperatures below 40° C.
- the nonwoven webs of Example 2 having basis weights of both 140 gsm and 110 gsm were hydroentangled using a hydroentangling apparatus manufactured by Fleissner, GmbH, Egelsbach, Germany.
- the machine had five total hydroentangling stations wherein three sets of jets contacted the top side of the nonwoven web and two sets of jets contacted the opposite side of the nonwoven web.
- the water jets comprised a series of fine orifices about 100 microns in diameter machined in two-feet wide jet strips.
- the water pressure to the jets was set at 60 bar (Jet Strip #1), 190 bar (Jet Strips #2 and 3), and 230 bar (Jet Strips #4 and 5).
- the temperature of the water to the jets was found to be in the range of about 40 to 45° C.
- the nonwoven fabric exiting the hydroentangling unit was strongly tied together.
- the continuous fibers were knotted together to produce a hydroentangled nonwoven fabric with high resistance to tearing when stretched in both directions.
- the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric was fastened onto a tenter frame comprising a rigid rectangular frame with a series of pins around the periphery thereof.
- the fabric was fastened to the pins to restrain the fabric from shrinking as it was heated.
- the frame with the fabric sample was placed in a forced-air oven for three minutes at 130° C. to cause the fabric to heat set while being restrained.
- the conditioned fabric was cut into a sample specimen of measured size and the specimen was conditioned at 130° C. without restraint by a tenter frame.
- the dimensions of the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric after this conditioning were measured and only minimal shrinkage ( ⁇ 0.5 percent reduction in dimension) was observed. It was apparent that heat setting of the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric was sufficient to produce a dimensionally stable nonwoven fabric.
- the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric after being heat set as described above, was washed in 90° C. deionized water to remove the sulfopolyester polymer and leave the PET monocomponent fiber segments remaining in the hydroentangled fabric.
- the dried fabric After repeated washings, the dried fabric exhibited a weight loss of approximately 26 percent. Washing the nonwoven web before hydroentangling demonstrated a weight loss of 31.3 percent. Therefore, the hydroentangling process removed some of the sulfopolyester from the nonwoven web, but this amount was relatively small. In order to lessen the amount of sulfopolyester removed during hydroentanglement, the water temperature of the hydroentanglement jets should be lowered to below 40° C.
- the sulfopolyester of Example 1 was found to produce segmented pie fibers having good segment distribution wherein the water non-dispersable polymer segments formed individual fibers of similar size and shape after removal of the sulfopolyester polymer.
- the rheology of the sulfopolyester was suitable to allow the bicomponent extrudates to be melt drawn at high rates to achieve fine denier bicomponent fibers with as-spun denier as low as about 1.0. These bicomponent fibers are capable of being laid down into a nonwoven web, which could be hydroentangled without experiencing significant loss of sulfopolyester polymer to produce the nonwoven fabric.
- the nonwoven fabric produced by hydroentangling the nonwoven web exhibited high strength and could be heat set at temperatures of about 120° C. or higher to produce a nonwoven fabric with excellent dimensional stability.
- the sulfopolyester polymer was removed from the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric in a washing step. This resulted in a strong nonwoven fabric product with a lighter fabric weight, greater flexibility, and softer hand.
- the PET microfibers in this nonwoven fabric product were wedge shaped and exhibited an average denier of about 0.1.
- a sulfopolyester polymer was prepared with the following diacid and diol composition: diacid composition (69 mole percent terephthalic acid, 22.5 mole percent isophthalic 25 acid, and 8.5 mole percent 5-(sodiosulfo) isophthalic acid) and diol composition (65 mole percent ethylene glycol and 35 mole percent diethylene glycol).
- the sulfopolyester was prepared by high temperature polyesterification under a vacuum. The esterification conditions were controlled to produce a sulfopolyester having an inherent viscosity of about 0.33. The melt viscosity of this sulfopolyester was measured to be in the range of about 6000 to 7000 poise at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec shear rate.
- the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent fibers having an islands-in-sea cross-section configuration with 16 islands on a spunbond line.
- the extrusion zones were set to melt the PET entering the spinnerette die at a temperature of about 290° C.
- the secondary extruder (B) processed the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4, which was fed at a melt temperature of about 260° C. into the spinnerette die.
- the volume ratio of PET to sulfopolyester in the bicomponent extrudates was set at 70/30, which represents the weight ratio of about 70/30.
- the melt throughput rate through the spinneret was 0.6 g/hole/minute.
- the cross-section of the bicomponent extrudates had round shaped island domains of PET with sulfopolyester
- the bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn using an aspirator assembly.
- the maximum available pressure of air to the aspirator without breaking the bicomponent fibers during melt drawing was 50 psi.
- the bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn down to bicomponent fibers with an as-spun denier of about 1.4 with the bicomponent fibers exhibiting a diameter of about 12 microns when viewed under a microscope.
- the speed during the drawing process was calculated to be about 3,900 m/min.
- the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 64 islands fibers using a bicomponent extrusion line.
- polyester The inherent viscosity of polyester was 0.61 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry sulfopolyester was about 7,000 poise measured at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec strain rate using the melt viscosity measurement procedure described earlier.
- melt viscosity of the dry sulfopolyester was about 7,000 poise measured at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec strain rate using the melt viscosity measurement procedure described earlier.
- These islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were made using a spinneret with 198 holes and a throughput rate of 0.85 gms/minute/hole.
- the polymer ratio between “islands” polyester and “sea” sulfopolyester was 65 percent to 35 percent.
- These bicomponent fibers were spun using an extrusion temperature of 280° C. for the polyester component and 260° C. for the sulfopolyester component.
- the bicomponent fiber contains a multiplicity of filaments (198 filaments) and was melt spun at a speed of about 530 meters/minute, forming filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 14.
- a finish solution of 24 weight percent PT 769 finish from Goulston Technologies was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator.
- the filaments of the bicomponent fiber were then drawn in line using a set of two godet rolls, heated to 90° C. and 130° C. respectively, and the final draw roll operating at a speed of about 1,750 meters/minute, to provide a filament draw ratio of about 3.3 ⁇ forming the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 4.5 or an average diameter of about 25 microns.
- These filaments comprised the polyester microfiber “islands” having an average diameter of about 2.5 microns.
- the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6 were cut into short length fibers of 3.2 millimeters and 6.4 millimeters cut lengths, thereby producing short length bicomponent fibers with 64 islands-in-sea cross-section configurations.
- These short cut bicomponent fibers comprised “islands” of polyester and a “sea” of water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer.
- the cross-sectional distribution of islands and sea was essentially consistent along the length of these short cut bicomponent fibers.
- the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6 were soaked in soft water for about 24 hours and then cut into short length fibers of 3.2 millimeters and 6.4 millimeters cut lengths.
- the water dispersible sulfopolyester was at least partially emulsified prior to cutting into short length fibers. Partial separation of islands from the sea component was therefore effected, thereby producing partially emulsified short length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers.
- the short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 8 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers.
- the washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component.
- the optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers showed an average diameter of about 2.5 microns and lengths of 3.2 and 6.4 millimeters.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 7.5 gms of Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft (SBSK) from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn., U.S.A., and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a pulped mixture. This pulped mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 grams of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) pulp slurry. This pulp slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. Procedure to make the hand sheet from this pulp slurry was as follows.
- SBSK Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft
- the pulp slurry was poured into a 25 centimeters ⁇ 30 centimeters hand sheet mold while continuing to stir.
- the drop valve was pulled, and the pulp fibers were allowed to drain on a screen to form a hand sheet.
- 750 grams per square meter (gsm) blotter paper was placed on top of the formed hand sheet, and the blotter paper was flattened onto the hand sheet.
- the screen frame was raised and inverted onto a clean release paper and allowed to sit for 10 minutes.
- the screen was raised vertically away from the formed hand sheet.
- Two sheets of 750 gsm blotter paper were placed on top of the formed hand sheet.
- the hand sheet was dried along with the three blotter papers using a Norwood Dryer at about 88° C. for 15 minutes.
- One blotter paper was removed leaving one blotter paper on each side of the hand sheet.
- the hand sheet was dried using a Williams Dryer at 65° C. for 15 minutes.
- the hand sheet was then further dried for 12 to 24 hours using a 40 kg dry press.
- the blotter paper was removed to obtain the dry hand sheet sample.
- the hand sheet was trimmed to 21.6 centimeters by 27.9 centimeters dimensions for testing.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 7.5 gms of Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft (SBSK) from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn., U.S.A., 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a pulped mixture.
- SBSK Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft
- This pulped mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a pulp slurry.
- This pulp slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this pulp slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 6.0 gms of Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft (SBSK) from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn., U.S.A., 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, 1.5 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 7 and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a fiber mix slurry. This fiber mix slurry was heated to 82° C.
- SBSK Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft
- the fiber mix slurry was then strained to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion comprising the sulfopolyester and a microfiber-containing mixture comprising pulp fibers and polyester microfiber.
- the microfiber-containing mixture was further rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester from the microfiber-containing mixture.
- This microfiber-containing mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber-containing slurry.
- This microfiber-containing slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber-containing slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 7.5 gms of MicroStrand 475-106 micro glass fiber available from Johns Manville, Denver, Colo., U.S.A., 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a glass fiber mixture.
- This glass fiber mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a glass fiber slurry.
- This glass fiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this glass fiber slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 3.8 gms of MicroStrand 475-106 micro glass fiber available from Johns Manville, Denver, Colo., U.S.A., 3.8 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 7, 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a fiber mix slurry. This fiber mix slurry was heated to 82° C.
- the fiber mix slurry was then strained to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion comprising the sulfopolyester and a microfiber-containing mixture comprising glass microfibers and polyester microfiber.
- the microfiber-containing mixture was further rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the sulfopolyester from the microfiber-containing mixture.
- This microfiber-containing mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber-containing slurry.
- This microfiber-containing slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber-containing slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 7.5 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 7, 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a fiber mix slurry. This fiber mix slurry was heated to 82° C. for 10 seconds to emulsify and remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester component in the islands-in-sea fibers and release polyester microfibers.
- the fiber mix slurry was then strained to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion and polyester microfibers.
- the sulfopolyester dispersion was comprised of water dispersible sulfopolyester.
- the polyester microfibers were rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the sulfopolyester from the polyester microfibers.
- These polyester microfibers were transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber slurry.
- This microfiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- the hand sheet basis weight was determined by weighing the hand sheet and calculating weight in grams per square meter (gsm).
- Hand sheet thickness was measured using an Ono Sokki EG-233 thickness gauge and reported as thickness in millimeters. Density was calculated as weight in grams per cubic centimeter.
- Porosity was measured using a Greiner Porosity Manometer with 1.9 ⁇ 1.9 cm 2 opening head and 100 cc capacity. Porosity is reported as average time in seconds (4 replicates) for 100 cc of water to pass through the sample.
- Tensile properties were measured using an Instron Model TM for six 30 mm ⁇ 105 mm test strips. An average of six measurements is reported for each example. It can be observed from these test results that significant improvement in tensile properties of wet-laid fibrous structures is obtained by the addition of polyester microfibers of the current invention.
- the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 37 islands using a bicomponent extrusion line.
- the primary extruder (A) fed Eastman F61HC PET polyester to form the “islands” in the islands-in-the-sea cross-section structure.
- the secondary extruder (B) fed the water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer to form the “sea.”
- the inherent viscosity of the polyester was 0.61 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry sulfopolyester was about 7,000 poise measured at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec strain rate using the melt viscosity measurement procedure described previously.
- These islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were made using a spinneret with 72 holes and a throughput rate of 1.15 gms/minute/hole.
- the polymer ratio between “islands” polyester and “sea” sulfopolyester was 2 to 1.
- These bicomponent fibers were spun using an extrusion temperature of 280° C. for the polyester component and 255° C. for the water dispersible sulfopolyester component.
- This bicomponent fiber contained a multiplicity of filaments (198 filaments) and was melt spun at a speed of about 530 meters/minute forming filaments with a nominal denier per filament of 19.5.
- a finish solution of 24 percent by weight PT 769 finish from Goulston Technologies was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator.
- the filaments of the bicomponent fiber were then drawn in line using a set of two godet rolls, heated to 95° C. and 130° C., respectively, and the final draw roll operating at a speed of about 1,750 meters/minute, to provide a filament draw ratio of about 3.3 ⁇ forming the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 5.9 or an average diameter of about 29 microns.
- These filaments comprising the polyester microfiber islands had an average diameter of about 3.9 microns.
- the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 16 were cut into short length bicomponent fibers of 3.2 millimeters and 6.4 millimeters cut length, thereby, producing short length fibers with 37 islands-in-sea cross-section configurations.
- These fibers comprised “islands” of polyester and a “sea” of water dispersible sulfopolyester polymers.
- the cross-sectional distribution of “islands” and “sea” was essentially consistent along the length of these bicomponent fibers.
- the short cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 17 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers.
- the washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component.
- the optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers had an average diameter of about 3.9 microns and lengths of 3.2 and 6.4 millimeters.
- the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 37 islands using a bicomponent extrusion line.
- the primary extruder (A) fed polyester to form the “islands” in the islands-in-the-sea fiber cross-section structure.
- the secondary extruder (B) fed the water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer to form the “sea” in the islands-in-sea bicomponent fiber.
- the inherent viscosity of the polyester was 0.52 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry water dispersible sulfopolyester was about 3,500 poise measured at 240° C.
- filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 9 and an average fiber diameter of about 36 microns A finish solution of 24 weight percent PT 769 finish was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator.
- the filaments of the bicomponent fiber were combined and were then drawn 3.0 ⁇ on a draw line at draw roll speed of 100 m/minute and temperature of 38° C. forming drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent filaments with an average denier per filament of about 3 and average diameter of about 20 microns.
- These drawn island-in-sea bicomponent fibers were cut into short length fibers of about 6.4 millimeters length.
- These short length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were comprised of polyester microfiber “islands” having an average diameter of about 2.8 microns.
- the short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 19 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” of the fibers.
- the washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component.
- the optical microscopic observation of washed fibers showed polyester microfibers of average diameter of about 2.8 microns and lengths of about 6.4 millimeters.
- Wet-laid microfiber stock hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 56.3 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6, 2.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 1,410 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 2 liter beaker to produce a fiber slurry. The fiber slurry was stirred. One quarter amount of this fiber slurry, about 352 ml, was placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm. This fiber slurry was heated to 82° C.
- polyester microfibers were rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the sulfopolyester from the polyester microfibers. Sufficient room temperature water was added to produce 352 ml of microfiber slurry. This microfiber slurry was re-pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm. These microfibers were transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker.
- the remaining three quarters of the fiber slurry were similarly pulped, washed, rinsed, re-pulped, and transferred to the 8 liter metal beaker. 6,090 gms of room temperature water was then added to make about 0.49 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 36.6 gms of polyester microfibers) to produce a microfiber slurry. This microfiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- the microfiber stock hand sheet with the basis weight of about 490 gsm was comprised of polyester microfibers of average diameter of about 2.5 microns and average length of about 3.2 millimeters.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 7.5 gms of polyester microfiber stock hand sheet of Example 21, 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm. The microfibers were transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber slurry. This microfiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10. A 100 gsm wet-laid hand sheet of polyester microfibers was obtained having an average diameter of about 2.5 microns.
- the 6.4 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 19 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers.
- the washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component.
- the optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers showed an average diameter of about 2.5 microns and lengths of 6.4 millimeters.
- Example 6 The short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6, Example 16, and Example 19 were washed separately using soft water at 80° C. containing about 1 percent by weight based on the weight of the bicomponent fibers of ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid tetra sodium salt (Na 4 EDTA) from Sigma-Aldrich Company, Atlanta, Ga., to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” of the bicomponent fibers.
- Na 4 EDTA ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid tetra sodium salt
- the washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component.
- the optical microscopic observation of washed polyester microfibers showed excellent release and separation of polyester microfibers.
- Use of a water softening agent such as Na 4 EDTA in the water prevents any Ca ++ ion exchange on the sulfopolyester, which can adversely affect the water dispersiblity of sulfopolyester.
- Typical soft water may contain up to 15 ppm of Ca ++ ion concentration. It is desirable that the soft water used in the processes described here should have essentially zero concentration of Ca ++ and other multi-valent ions, or alternately, use sufficient amount of water softening agent, such as Na 4 EDTA, to bind the Ca ++ ions and other multi-valent ions.
- water softening agent such as Na 4 EDTA
- the short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6 and Example 16 were processed separately using the following procedure: 17 grams of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, were added to distilled water. After the starch was fully dissolved or hydrolyzed, then 429 grams of short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were slowly added to the distilled water to produce a fiber slurry. A Williams Rotary Continuous Feed Refiner (5 inch diameter) was turned on to refine or mix the fiber slurry in order to provide sufficient shearing action for the water dispersible sulfopolyester to be separated from the polyester microfibers.
- the contents of the stock chest were poured into a 24 liter stainless steel container and the lid was secured.
- the stainless steel container was placed on a propane cooker and heated until the fiber slurry began to boil at about 97° C. in order to remove the sulfopolyester component in the island-in-sea fibers and release polyester microfibers. After the fiber slurry reached boiling, it was agitated with a manual agitating paddle.
- the contents of the stainless steel container were poured into a 27 in ⁇ 15 in ⁇ 6 in deep False Bottom Knuche with a 30 mesh screen to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion and polyester microfibers.
- the sulfopolyester dispersion comprised water and water dispersible sulfopolyester.
- the polyester microfibers were rinsed in the Knuche for 15 seconds with 10 liters of soft water at 17° C., and squeezed to remove excess water.
- polyester microfiber dry fiber basis
- handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Comparative Example 10.
- the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 37 islands using a bicomponent extrusion line.
- the primary extruder (A) fed Eastman F61HC PET polyester to form the “islands” in the islands-in-the-sea cross-section structure.
- the secondary extruder (B) fed the water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer to form the “sea” in the islands-in-sea bicomponent fiber.
- the inherent viscosity of the polyester was 0.61 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry sulfopolyester was about 7,000 poise measured at 240° C.
- bicomponent fibers were spun using an extrusion temperature of 280° C. for the polyester component and 255° C. for the water dispersible sulfopolyester component.
- This bicomponent fiber contained a multiplicity of filaments (198 filaments) and was melt spun at a speed of about 530 meters/minute, forming filaments with a nominal denier per filament of 19.5.
- a finish solution of 18 percent by weight PT 769 finish from Goulston Technologies was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator. The filaments of the bicomponent fiber were then drawn in line using a set of two godet rolls, heated to 95° C.
- filaments comprised the polyester microfiber islands having an average diameter of about 2.2 microns.
- the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 26 were cut into short length bicomponent fibers of 1.5 millimeters cut length, thereby producing short length fibers with 37 islands-in-sea cross-section configurations.
- These fibers comprised “islands” of polyester and a “sea” of water dispersible sulfopolyester polymers.
- the cross-sectional distribution of “islands” and “sea” was essentially consistent along the length of these bicomponent fibers.
- the short cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 27 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers.
- the washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component.
- the optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers had an average diameter of about 2.2 microns and a length of 1.5 millimeters.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. Two grams total of a mixture of MicroStrand 475-106 glass fiber and the polyester microfiber of Example 28 were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes in order to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. The pulp slurry was poured into a 25 centimeters ⁇ 30 centimeters hand sheet mold while continuing to stir. The drop valve was pulled, and the pulp fibers were allowed to drain on a screen to form a hand sheet. 750 grams per square meter (gsm) blotter paper was placed on top of the formed hand sheet, and the blotter paper was flattened onto the hand sheet.
- gsm grams per square meter
- the screen frame was raised and inverted onto a clean release paper and allowed to sit for 10 minutes.
- the screen was raised vertically away from the formed hand sheet.
- Two sheets of 750 gsm blotter paper were placed on top of the formed hand sheet.
- the hand sheet was dried along with the three blotter papers using a Norwood Dryer at about 88° C. for 15 minutes.
- One blotter paper was removed leaving one blotter paper on each side of the hand sheet.
- the hand sheet was dried using a Williams Dryer at 65° C. for 15 minutes.
- the hand sheet was then further dried for 12 to 24 hours using a 40 kg dry press.
- the blotter paper was removed to obtain the dry hand sheet sample.
- the hand sheet was trimmed to 21.6 centimeters by 27.9 centimeters dimensions for testing.
- Table 3 describes the physical characteristics of the resulting wet-laid nonwoven media. Coresta porosity and average pore size when reported in these examples were determined using a QuantaChrome Porometer 3G Micro obtained from QuantaChrome Instruments located in Boynton Beach, Fla.
- Handsheets were prepared using the following procedure: 1.2 grams of MicroStrand 475-106 glass fiber and 0.8 grams of the polyester microfiber of Example 28 (dry fiber basis) were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. Handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Comparative Example 10. The resulting handsheets were evaluated for filtration efficiency by exposing the substrate to an aerosol of sodium chloride particles (number average diameter 0.075 micron, mass average diameter 0.26 micron). A filtration efficiency of 99.999 percent was measured. This data indicates that ULPA filtration efficiency can be obtained by utilizing the polymeric microfibers of the invention.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 1.2 grams of MicroStrand 475-106 glass fiber and 0.8 grams of MicroStrand 475-110 ⁇ glass fiber (both available from Johns Manville, Denver, Colo., USA) were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes to make a glass microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. Handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Example 29.
- Handsheets of Sample 1 of Example 29 were mechanically densified by subjecting them to different pressures via a calendaring process.
- the effect of this densification is demonstrated below in Table 5 and clearly indicates that significant improvements to pore size and porosity can be made when the wet-laid substrates are calendared, which is a design feature which Example 32 indicates cannot be accomplished with media comprised of 100 percent glass fibers.
- Handsheets were prepared using the following procedure: 0.4 grams of 3 denier per filament PET fibers cut to 12.7 millimeters and 1.6 grams of the polyester microfiber of Example 28 (dry fiber basis) were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. Handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Comparative Example 10. A series of polymeric binders (as described in the table below) were applied to these handsheets at a rate of 7 percent binder based on the dry weight of nonwoven sheet. The binder-containing nonwoven sheets were dried in a forced air oven at 63° C. for 7 to 12 minutes and then heat-set at 120° C. for 3 minutes. The final basis weight of the binder-containing nonwoven sheets was 90 g/m 2 . The data indicates the significant strength benefits to be obtained by combining a polymeric binder with the polymeric microfibers of the invention.
- Samples C and D of Example 34 were reproduced with the addition to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion of triethyl citrate (TEC) as a plasticizer.
- TEC triethyl citrate
- the amount of TEC added to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion was 7.5 and 15 weight percent plasticizer based on total weight of sulfopolyester.
- Example 35 and Sample D of Example 34 were subjected to the following test procedure in order to simulate a paper repulping process.
- Two liters of room temperature tap water were added to a 2 liter 3,000 rpm 3 ⁇ 4 Hp hydropulper tri-rotor with 6 in diameter ⁇ 10 in height brass pulper (manufactured by Hermann Manufacturing Company according to TAPPI 10 Standards).
- Two one-inch square samples of the nonwoven sheet to be tested were added to the water in the hydropulper. The squares were pulped for 500 revolutions at which time the hydropulper was stopped and the status of the squares of nonwoven sheet evaluated.
- Example 26-28 The processes outlined in Examples 26-28 were modified by increasing the nominal denier of the bicomponent fiber of Example 26 such that the end result following the process steps of Examples 27 and 28 was a short-cut polyester microfiber with a diameter of 4.0 microns and a length of 1.5 mm. These short-cut microfibers were blended at varying ratios with the 2.2 micron diameter and 1.5 mm in length short cut microfibers described in Example 28. 80 gram per square meter handsheets were prepared from these microfiber blends as outlined in Example 29. The ability to predictably control both pore size and porosity of a wet-laid nonwoven by blending synthetic microfibers with different diameters is clearly demonstrated in the table below.
- handsheets were prepared which comprised ternary mixtures of the synthetic polyester microfibers of Example 28, Lyocell nano-fibrillated cellulosic fibers, and T043 polyester fiber (a 7 micron diameter 5.0 mm in length PET fiber). The characteristics of these wet-laid nonwovens are described below.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 1.6 grams of the polyester microfiber of Example 28 and 0.4 grams of 3.0 dpf, 1 ⁇ 2 inch long PET staple fibers were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes in order to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. The pulp slurry was poured into a 25 centimeters ⁇ 30 centimeters hand sheet mold while continuing to stir. The drop valve was pulled, and the pulp fibers were allowed to drain on a screen to form a hand sheet. 750 grams per square meter (gsm) blotter paper was placed on top of the formed hand sheet, and the blotter paper was flattened onto the hand sheet.
- gsm grams per square meter
- the screen frame was raised and inverted onto a clean release paper and allowed to sit for 10 minutes.
- the screen was raised vertically away from the formed hand sheet.
- Two sheets of 750 gsm blotter paper were placed on top of the formed hand sheet.
- the hand sheet was dried along with the three blotter papers using a Norwood Dryer at about 88° C. for 15 minutes.
- One blotter paper was removed leaving one blotter paper on each side of the hand sheet.
- the hand sheet was dried using a Williams Dryer at 65° C. for 15 minutes.
- the hand sheet was then further dried for 12 to 24 hours using a 40 kg dry press.
- the blotter paper was removed to obtain the dry hand sheet sample.
- the hand sheet was then trimmed for binder application.
- the binding material was then added as follows.
- a powder-coated steel coating board (with dried latex layer) having greater than 45-dyne surface energy was used.
- One side of the formed handsheet was coated with binding material, and then the other side was coated with binding material.
- dilution water was added to the area on the steel coating board corresponding to the size of the handsheet.
- Dilution water in an amount sufficient to fully but not excessively wet the first side of the handsheet was added to the steel coating board.
- binding material in an amount based on the dry weight desired was added to the dilution water on the steel coating board.
- the amount of binding material added is a function of the density of the sheet.
- a lower density non-woven sheet generally requires a greater percentage of binding material than a higher density non-woven sheet.
- the total amount of binding material to be added was split, and fifty percent of the amount was added to the dilution water for the first side.
- the dilution water and the binding material were then spread out to completely pool the correct-size area on the steel coating board.
- the handsheet was positioned over the correct size area and allowed to gently settle in the liquid to coat the first side. After 30-60 seconds of settling into the liquid, the handsheet was removed from the liquid.
- dilution water in an amount sufficient to fully but not excessively wet the second side of the handsheet was added to the correct size area on the steel coating board.
- the remaining fifty percent of the binding material was added to the dilution water for the second side on the steel coating board.
- the dilution water and the binding material were then spread out to completely pool the correct size area on the steel coating board.
- the handsheet was inverted, positioned over the correct size area and allowed to gently settle in the liquid to coat the second side. After 60-180 seconds of settling into the liquid, the handsheet was removed from the liquid.
- a 12 mm glass lab rod was used to roll the binding material into the handsheet interior, as needed.
- the coated handsheet was then placed on a sheet of foil-backed release paper on a tray.
- the coated handsheet, the foil-backed release paper and the tray were placed in a forced air oven at 145° F. for two minutes.
- the handsheet was then flipped and returned to the forced air oven at 145° F.
- the handsheet was then removed from the forced air oven, and a sheet of foil-backed release paper was placed on each side (i.e., the top and bottom) of the handsheet.
- the handsheet with a sheet of foil-backed release paper on each of the top and bottom was then placed in a Norwood handsheet dryer.
- the screen was locked and the handsheet with a sheet of foil-backed release paper on each of the top and bottom was dried at 250° F. for three minutes
- a series of aqueous dispersions of polymeric binders were applied handsheets comprised of the aforementioned 80/20 blend of synthetic polyester microfiber of Example 28 and 3 dpf, 1 ⁇ 2 inch PET fibers at a level to yield a 7% binder level (based on total weight of solid binder and fiber) in a 90 gram per square meter nonwoven. Both the polymeric binders and the characteristics of the nonwovens resulting from their application are described in Table 10 below.
- Samples 2 and 3 of Example 40 were reproduced with the addition to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion of triethyl citrate (TEC) as a plasticizer.
- TEC triethyl citrate
- the amount of TEC added to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion was 7.5 and 15 weight percent plasticizer based on total weight of sulfopolyester.
- the characteristics of the resulting nonwoven handsheets are described in Table 11.
- Example 42 and Sample 4 of Example 41 were subjected to the following test procedure in order to simulate a paper repulping process.
- Two liters of room temperature tap water were added to a 2 liter 3,000 rpm 3 ⁇ 4 Hp hydropulper tri-rotor with 6 in diameter ⁇ 10 in height brass pulper (manufactured by Hermann Manufacturing Company according to TAPPI 10 Standards).
- Two one-inch square samples of the nonwoven sheet to be tested were added to the water in the hydropulper. The squares were pulped for 500 revolutions at which time the hydropulper was stopped and the status of the squares of nonwoven sheet evaluated.
- handsheets comprising 100% of the synthetic polyester microfiber of Example 28 were prepared and aqueous dispersions of polymer binders were applied to the handsheets at varying rates to yield final nonwoven articles with a basis weight of 80 grams per square meter. Both the polymeric binders and the characteristics of the nonwovens resulting from their application are described in Table 12 below.
Abstract
A versatile binder comprising at least one or more sulfopolyesters is provided. These sulfopolyester binders can enhance the dry tensile strength, wet tensile strength, tear force, and burst strength of the nonwoven articles in which they are incorporated. Additionally, the water permeability of these binders can be modified as desired by blending different types of sulfopolyesters to produce the binder. Therefore, the binder can be used in a wide array of nonwoven end products and can be modified accordingly based on the desired properties sought in the nonwoven products.
Description
- This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/405,312, filed on Oct. 21, 2010, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to sulfopolyester binders for use in nonwoven articles.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- Nonwoven articles are found throughout the consumer marketplace. Nonwoven articles, which are generally made up of microfibers and/or nanofibers, are generally produced using a wet-laid or dry-laid process. Various methods or compositions are generally utilized in order to hold the fibers within a nonwoven article together. For example, it is known that nonwoven articles can be held together by (1) mechanical fiber cohesion and interlocking in a web or mat; (2) various techniques of fusing of fibers, including the use of binder fibers; (3) use of a binding resin; (4) use of powder adhesive binders; and/or (5) combinations thereof. The fibers are often deposited in a random manner, although orientation in one direction is possible, followed by bonding using one of the methods described above.
- Unfortunately, many of the methods or compositions mentioned above lack versatility in their methods or properties, thus limiting their application to specific end uses. In addition, many of the binder compositions utilized above lack the ability to be modified in order to fit a wide array of end use products. For example, many binders have a fixed water permeability which cannot be significantly modified without sacrificing the integrity of the binder composition. Thus, these binders are limited in scope to certain nonwoven articles that can utilize their narrow range of water permeability properties.
- Accordingly, there is a need for a versatile binder that is capable of being optimized in accordance with the desired end uses of the nonwoven article.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a nonwoven article comprising a plurality of thermoplastic polycondensate fibers and a sulfopolyester binder. The thermoplastic polycondensate fibers make up at least 10 weight percent of the total fiber content of the nonwoven article, whereas the sulfopolyester binder makes up at least 1 weight percent and not more than 40 weight percent of the nonwoven article. The nonwoven article further comprises a plurality of synthetic microfibers having a length of less than 25 millimeters and a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5 microns, wherein the synthetic microfibers make up at least 1 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a wet-laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article. The first step of the process involves a) producing multicomponent fibers comprising at least one water dispersible sulfopolyester and one or more water non-dispersible polymers immiscible with the sulfopolyester. The multicomponent fibers can have an as-spun denier of less than 15 dpf. The next step b) involves cutting the multicomponent fibers into cut multicomponent fibers having a length of less than 25 millimeters. The next step c) involves contacting the cut multicomponent fibers with water to remove the sulfopolyester thereby forming a wet lap comprising cut water non-dispersible fibers, which are formed of a thermoplastic polycondensate. The next step d) involves transferring the wet lap to a wet-laid nonwoven zone to produce an unbound nonwoven article. The final step e) involves applying a binder dispersion comprising at least one sulfopolyester to the nonwoven article.
- Embodiments of the present invention are described herein with reference to the following drawing figures, wherein:
-
FIGS. 1 a, 1 b, and 1 c are cross-sectional views of three differently-configured fibers, particularly illustrating how various measurements relating to the size and shape of the fibers are determined; -
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of nonwoven article containing ribbon fibers, particularly illustrating the orientation of the ribbon fibers contained therein; - The present invention provides versatile binders comprising at least one sulfopolyester that can increase the strength and integrity of the nonwoven in which it is incorporated.
- The binder of the present invention comprises at least one sulfopolyester. The sulfopolyesters utilized in the binders of the present invention can contain substantially equimolar proportions of acid moiety repeating units (100 mole percent) to hydroxy moiety repeating units (100 mole percent). In one embodiment, the sulfopolyesters useful for the binders of the present invention can comprise repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
- (a) at least 50, 70, or 80 mole percent and/or not more than 99, 96, or 94 mole percent isophthalic acid,
- (b) at least 1, 4, or 6 mole percent and/or not more than 50, 30, or 20 mole percent 5-sulfoisophthalic acid,
- (c) at least 20, 35, or 45 mole percent and/or not more than 95, 85, or 80 mole percent 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol; and
- (d) at least 5, 15, or 20 mole percent and/or not more than 80, 65, or 55 mole percent diethylene glycol and/or ethylene glycol.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, the binders can comprise a blend of at least a first sulfopolyester and a second sulfopolyester. The first and second sulfopolyesters can comprise different amounts of sulfomonomer, such as 5-sulfoisophthalic acid, and/or different amounts of a hydrophobic glycol, such as 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol. The amount of sulfomonomers in the sulfopolyesters is important because it greatly influences the water-permeability of the sulfopolyester. In one embodiment, the first sulfopolyester is hydrophilic and the second sulfopolyester is hydrophobic. An example of a hydrophilic sulfopolyester that can be useful as a binder is Eastek 1100® by EASTMAN. Likewise, an example of a hydrophobic sulfopolyester useful as a binder includes Eastek 1200® by EASTMAN. These two sulfopolyesters may be blended accordingly depending on the desired water-permeability of binder. Depending on the desired end use for the nonwoven article, the binder may be either hydrophilic or hydrophobic.
- When the binder comprises a blend of at least a first sulfopolyester and a second sulfopolyester, the first sulfopolyester can comprise repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
- (a) at least 70, 75, or 80 mole percent and/or not more than 90, 88, or 86 mole percent isophthalic acid,
- (b) at least 10, 12, or 16 mole percent and/or not more than 30, 25, or 20 mole percent 5-sulfoisophthalic acid,
- (c) at least 25, 35, or 45 mole percent and/or not more than 70, 60, or 55 mole percent 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol; and
- (d) at least 30, 40, or 45 mole percent and/or not more than 75, 65, or 55 mole percent diethylene glycol and/or ethylene glycol.
- Likewise, the second sulfopolyester can comprise repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
- (a) at least 80, 85, or 88 mole percent and/or not more than 98, 96, or 93 mole percent isophthalic acid,
- (b) at least 2, 4, or 7 mole percent and/or not more than 20, 15, or 12 mole percent 5-sulfoisophthalic acid,
- (c) at least 40, 50, 60 mole percent and/or not more than 95, 85, or 80 mole percent 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol; and
- (d) at least 5, 15, or 20 mole percent and/or not more than 50, 40, or 30 mole percent diethylene glycol and/or ethylene glycol.
- The use of the sulfopolyester binder of the instant invention may enhance multiple properties of the nonwoven article. For example, when a sulfopolyester binder is utilized, the nonwoven article can exhibit a dry tensile strength greater than 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, or 3.5 kg/15 mm; a wet tensile strength greater than 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 kg/15 mm; a tear force greater than 420, 460, or 500 grams; and/or a burst strength greater than 50, 60, or 70 psig. Furthermore, depending on the nature of the water permeability of the sulfopolyester binder used, the nonwoven article can exhibit a Hercules Size of less than 20, 15, or 10 seconds and/or greater than 5, 50, 100, 120, or 140 seconds.
- The sulfopolyester binders of the instant invention exhibit excellent adhesiveness to thermoplastic polycondesate materials. Such thermoplastic polycondensate materials can include polyesters (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate homopolymer, polyethylene terephthalate copolymer, polybutylene terephthalate, and polypropylene terephthalate) and polyamides (e.g., nylon 6 and nylon 66).
- The nonwoven articles of the instant invention can comprise a sulfopolyester binder as described above, a plurality of thermoplastic polycondensate fibers, and a plurality synthetic microfibers with a length of at least 0.25, 0.5, or 1.0 millimeters and/or less 25, 10, or 2 millimeters and a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5 microns. In another embodiment, the synthetic microfibers have a length of at least 0.2, 0.5, or 1.0 millimeters and/or less 10, 5, or 2 millimeters and a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5 microns. The thermoplastic polycondensate fibers can make up at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 weight percent of the total fiber content of the nonwoven article, while the sulfopolyester binders can make up at least 1 weight percent and not more than 40 weight percent of the nonwoven article. Typically, the sulfopolyester binder can make up at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7 weight percent of the nonwoven article and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, 15, or 12 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- In one embodiment, the synthetic microfibers are formed from a thermoplastic polycondensate material so that the synthetic microfibers make up at least a portion of the thermoplastic polycondensate fibers in the nonwoven article. For instance, the synthetic microfibers can make up at least 5, 10, or 20 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 80, or 70 weight percent of the thermoplastic polycondensate fibers in the nonwoven article. In one embodiment, the synthetic microfibers make up at least 1, 3, 5, 10, or 20 weight percent of the nonwoven article. In another embodiment, the synthetic microfibers can comprise short-cut water non-dispersible microfibers.
- The term “microfiber,” as used herein, is intended to denote a fiber having a minimum transverse dimension that is less than 5 microns. As used herein, a “nonwoven article” is defined as a web made directly from fibers without weaving or knitting operations. As used herein, “minimum transverse dimension” denotes the minimum dimension of a fiber measured perpendicular to the axis of elongation of the fiber by an external caliper method. As used herein, “external caliper method” denotes a method of measuring an outer dimension of a fiber where the measured dimension is the distance separating two coplanar parallel lines between which the fiber is located and where each of the parallel lines touches the external surface of the fiber on generally opposite sides of the fiber.
FIGS. 1 a, 1 b, and 1 c depict how these dimensions may be measured in various fiber cross-sections. InFIGS. 1 a, 1 a, and 1 c, “TDmin” is the minimum transverse dimension and “TDmax” is the maximum transverse dimension. - The water non-dispersible microfibers also produced by this process comprise at least one water non-dispersible synthetic polymer. Depending on the cross section configuration of the multicomponent fiber from which the microfiber is derived from, the microfiber can have an equivalent diameter of less than 15, 10, 5, or 2 microns; a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5, 4, or 3 microns; an transverse ratio of at least 2:1, 6:1, or 10:1 and/or not more than 100:1, 50:1, or 20:1; and/or a length of at least 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, or 1.0 millimeters and/or not more than 25, 12, 10, 6.5, 5, 3.5, or 2.0 millimeters. All fiber dimensions provided herein (e.g., equivalent diameter, length, minimum transverse dimension, maximum transverse dimension, transverse aspect ratio, and thickness) are the average dimensions of the fibers in the specified group.
- The microfibers of the present invention can be advantageous in that they are not formed by fibrillation. Fibrillated microfibers are directly joined to a base member (i.e., the root fiber and/or sheet) and have the same composition as the base member. In one embodiment, less than 50, 20, or 5 weight percent of the microfibers are directly joined to a base member having the same composition as the microfibers.
- In particular, the sulfopolyester binders produced from this process may be used to produce a wide variety of nonwoven articles including filter media (e.g., HEPA filters, ULPA filters, coalescent filters, liquid filters, desalination filters, automotive filters, coffee filters, tea bags, and vacuum dust bags), battery separators, personal hygiene articles, sanitary napkins, tampons, diapers, disposable wipes (e.g., automotive wipes, baby wipes, hand and body wipes, floor cleaning wipes, facial wipes, toddler wipes, dusting and polishing wipes, and nail polish removal wipes), flexible packaging (e.g., envelopes, food packages, multiwall bags, and terminally sterilized medical packages), geotextiles (e.g., weed barriers, irrigation barriers, erosion barriers, and seed support media), building and construction materials (e.g., housing envelopes, moisture barrier film, gypsum board, wall paper, asphalt, papers, roofing underlayment, and decorative materials), surgical and medical materials (e.g., surgical drapes and gowns, bone support media, and tissue support media), security papers (e.g., currency paper, gaming and lottery paper, bank notes, and checks), cardboard, recycled cardboard, synthetic leather and suede, automotive headliners, personal protective garments, acoustical media, concrete reinforcement, flexible perform for compression molded composites, electrical materials (e.g., transformer boards, cable wrap and fillers, slot insulations, capacitor papers, and lampshade), catalytic support membranes, thermal insulation, labels, food packaging materials (e.g., aseptic, liquid packaging board, tobacco, release, pouch and packet, grease resistant, ovenable board, cup stock, food wrap, and coated one side), and printing and publishing papers (e.g., water and tear resistant printing paper, trade book, banners, map and chart, opaque, and carbonless). In one embodiment, the nonwoven article is selected from the group consisting of a battery separator, a high efficiency filter, and a high strength paper.
- In one embodiment, the nonwoven article can comprise the synthetic microfibers in amount of at least 20, 40, or 50 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 85, or 80 weight percent and the sulfopolyester binder in an amount of at least 1, 2, or 4 weight percent and/or not more than 40, 30, or 20 weight percent. In this embodiment, the nonwoven article may be a battery separator, a high efficiency filter, or a high strength paper.
- In one embodiment, the nonwoven article can comprise the synthetic microfibers in amount of at least 1, 3, or 5 weight percent and/or not more than 25, 20, 15, or 10 weight percent and the sulfopolyester binder in an amount of at least 1, 2, or 4 weight percent and/or not more than 40, 30, or 20 weight percent. In this embodiment, the nonwoven article may be a paperboard or cardboard.
- In one embodiment of the invention, a process is provided for producing a nonwoven article with the sulfopolyester binder of the present invention. The process can comprise the following steps:
- (a) spinning at least one water dispersible sulfopolyester and one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers immiscible with the sulfopolyester into multicomponent fibers, wherein the multicomponent fibers have a plurality of domains comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers whereby the domains are substantially isolated from each other by the sulfopolyester intervening between the domains; wherein the multicomponent fiber has an as-spun denier of less than about 15 denier per filament; wherein the water dispersible sulfopolyester exhibits a melt viscosity of less than about 12,000 poise measured at 240° C. at a strain rate of 1 rad/sec; and wherein the sulfopolyester comprises less than about 25 mole percent of residues of at least one sulfomonomer, based on the total moles of diacid or diol residues;
- (b) cutting the multicomponent fibers of step a) to a length of less than 25, 10, or 2 millimeters, but greater than 0.1, 0.25, or 0.5 millimeters to produce cut multicomponent fibers;
- (c) contacting the cut multicomponent fibers with water to remove the sulfopolyester thereby forming a wet lap of water non-dispersible microfibers comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer;
- (d) subjecting the wet lap of water non-dispersible microfibers to a wet-laid process to produce the nonwoven article; and
- (e) applying a sulfopolyester binder dispersion to the nonwoven article and drying the nonwoven article and binder dispersion thereon.
- In another embodiment, the multicomponent fibers in step b are cut to a length of less than 10, 5, or 2 millimeters, but greater than 0.2, 0.5, or 1 millimeter.
- In one embodiment of the invention, at least 1, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40, or 50 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 75, 60, 25, 20, 15, or 10 weight percent of the nonwoven article comprises the water non-dispersible microfiber.
- The sulfopolyester binder dispersion may be applied to the nonwoven article by any method known in the art. In one embodiment, the binder dispersion is applied as an aqueous dispersion to the nonwoven article by spraying or rolling the binder dispersion onto the nonwoven article. In another embodiment of the invention, the binder dispersion may be mixed with the synthetic microfibers prior to formation of the nonwoven web via a wet-laid nonwoven process. Subsequent to the applying the binder dispersion, the nonwoven article and the binder dispersion can be subjected to a drying step in order to allow the binder to set. Typically, the sulfopolyester binder can make up at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7 weight percent of the nonwoven article and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, 15, or 12 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- Undissolved or dried sulfopolyesters are known to form strong adhesive bonds to a wide array of substrates, including, but not limited to fluff pulp, cotton, acrylics, rayon, lyocell, PLA (polylactides), cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, poly(ethylene) terephthalate, poly(butylene) terephthalate, poly(trimethylene) terephthalate, poly(cyclohexylene) terephthalate, copolyesters, polyamides (e.g., nylons), stainless steel, aluminum, treated polyolefins, PAN (polyacrylonitriles), and polycarbonates. Thus, sulfopolyesters function as excellent binders for the nonwoven article. Therefore, our novel nonwoven articles may have multiple functionalities when a sulfopolyester binder is utilized.
- The nonwoven article may further comprise a coating. After the nonwoven article and the binder dispersion are subjected to drying, a coating may be applied to the nonwoven article. The coating can comprise a decorative coating, a printing ink, a barrier coating, an adhesive coating, and a heat seal coating. In another example, the coating can comprise a liquid barrier and/or a microbial barrier.
- After producing the nonwoven article, adding the binder, and/or after adding the optional coating, the nonwoven article may undergo a heat setting step comprising heating the nonwoven article to a temperature of at least 100° C., and more preferably to at least about 120° C. The heat setting step relaxes out internal fiber stresses and aids in producing a dimensionally stable fabric product. It is preferred that when the heat set material is reheated to the temperature to which it was heated during the heat setting step that it exhibits surface area shrinkage of less than about 10, 5, or 1 percent of its original surface area. However, if the nonwoven article is subjected to heat setting, then the nonwoven article cannot be repulpable and/or recycled by repulping the nonwoven article after use.
- The term “repulpable,” as used herein, refers to any nonwoven article that has not been subjected to heat setting and is capable of disintegrating at 3,000 rpm at 1.2 percent consistency after 5,000, 10,000, or 15,000 revolutions according to TAPPI standards.
- In another aspect of the invention, the nonwoven article can further comprise at least one or more additional fibers. The additional fibers can have a different composition and/or configuration (e.g., length, minimum transverse dimension, maximum transverse dimension, cross-sectional shape, or combinations thereof) than the synthetic microfibers. In one embodiment of the invention, the other fiber can be selected from the group comprising of thermoplastic polycondensate fibers, cellulosic fiber pulp, inorganic fibers (e.g., glass, carbon, boron, ceramic, and combinations thereof), polyester fibers, nylon fibers, polyolefin fibers, rayon fibers, lyocell fibers, cellulose ester fibers, post consumer recycled fibers, and combinations thereof. The nonwoven article can comprise additional fibers in an amount of at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, or 60 weight percent of the nonwoven article and/or not more than 95, 90, 85, 80, 70, 60, or 50 weight percent of the nonwoven article. In one embodiment, the additional fiber is a cellulosic fiber that comprises at least 10, 25, or 40 weight percent and/or no more than 80, 70, 60, or 50 weight percent of the nonwoven article. The cellulosic fibers can comprise hardwood pulp fibers, softwood pulp fibers, and/or regenerated cellulose fibers. In another embodiment, at least one of the additional fibers is a glass fiber that has a minimum transverse dimension of less than 30, 25, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, or 1 microns.
- In one embodiment, a combination of the synthetic microfibers, at least one or more additional fibers, and the sulfopolyester binder make up at least 75, 85, 95, or 98 weight percent of the nonwoven article.
- The nonwoven article can further comprise one or more additives. The additives may be added to the wet lap of water non-dispersible microfibers prior to subjecting the wet lap to a wet-laid or dry-laid process. The additives may also be added to the nonwoven article as a component of the binder or coating composition. Additives include, but are not limited to, starches, fillers, light and heat stabilizers, antistatic agents, extrusion aids, dyes, anticounterfeiting markers, slip agents, tougheners, adhesion promoters, oxidative stabilizers, UV absorbers, colorants, pigments, opacifiers (delustrants), optical brighteners, fillers, nucleating agents, plasticizers, viscosity modifiers, surface modifiers, antimicrobials, antifoams, lubricants, thermostabilizers, emulsifiers, disinfectants, cold flow inhibitors, branching agents, oils, waxes, and catalysts. In one embodiment, the non woven web comprises an optical brightener and/or antimicrobials. The nonwoven article can comprise at least 0.05, 0.1, or 0.5 weight percent and/or not more than 10, 5, or 2 weight percent of one or more additives.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the short-cut microfibers used to make the nonwoven article are ribbon fibers derived from a multicomponent fiber having a striped configuration. Such ribbon fibers can exhibit a transverse aspect ratio of at least 2:1, 6:1, or 10:1 and/or not more than 100:1, 50:1, or 20:1. As used herein, “transverse aspect ratio” denotes the ratio of a fiber's maximum transverse dimension to the fiber's minimum transverse dimension. As used herein, “maximum transverse dimension” is the maximum dimension of a fiber measured perpendicular to the axis of elongation of the fiber by the external caliper method described above.
- Although it its known in the art that fibers having a transverse aspect ratio of 1.5:1 or greater can be produced by fibrillation of a base member (e.g., a sheet or a root fiber), the ribbon fibers provided in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention are not made by fibrillating a sheet or root fiber to produce a “fuzzy” sheet or root fiber having microfibers appended thereto. Rather, in one embodiment of the present invention, less than 50, 20, or 5 weight percent of ribbon fibers employed in the nonwoven article are joined to a base member having the same composition as said ribbon fibers. In one embodiment, the ribbon fibers are derived from striped multi-component fibers having said ribbon fibers as a component thereof.
- When the nonwoven article of the present invention comprises short-cut ribbon fibers, the major transverse axis of at least 50, 75, or 90 weight percent of the ribbon microfibers in the nonwoven article can be oriented at an angle of less than 30, 20, 15, or 10 degrees from the nearest surface of the nonwoven article. As used herein, “major transverse axis” denotes an axis perpendicular to the direction of elongation of a fiber and extending through the centermost two points on the outer surface of the fiber between which the maximum transverse dimension of the fiber is measured by the external caliper method described above. Such orientation of the ribbon fibers in the nonwoven article can be facilitated by enhanced dilution of the fibers in a wet-laid process and/or by mechanically pressing the nonwoven article after its formation.
FIG. 2 illustrates how the angle of orientation of the ribbon fibers relative to the major transverse axis is determined. - Generally, manufacturing processes to produce nonwoven articles from water non-dispersible microfibers derived from multicomponent fibers can be split into the following groups: dry-laid webs, wet-laid webs, and combinations of these processes with each other or other nonwoven processes.
- Generally, dry-laid nonwoven articles are made with staple fiber processing machinery that is designed to manipulate fibers in a dry state. These include mechanical processes, such as carding, aerodynamic, and other air-laid routes. Also included in this category are nonwoven articles made from filaments in the form of tow, fabrics composed of staple fibers, and stitching filaments or yards (i.e., stitchbonded nonwovens). Carding is the process of disentangling, cleaning, and intermixing fibers to make a web for further processing into a nonwoven article. The process predominantly aligns the fibers which are held together as a web by mechanical entanglement and fiber-fiber friction. Cards (e.g., a roller card) are generally configured with one or more main cylinders, roller or stationary tops, one or more doffers, or various combinations of these principal components. The carding action is the combing or working of the water non-dispersible microfibers between the points of the card on a series of interworking card rollers. Types of cards include roller, woolen, cotton, and random cards. Garnetts can also be used to align these fibers.
- The water non-dispersible microfibers in the dry-laid process can also be aligned by air-laying. These fibers are directed by air current onto a collector which can be a flat conveyor or a drum.
- Wet laid processes involve the use of papermaking technology to produce nonwoven articles. These nonwoven articles are made with machinery associated with pulp fiberizing (e.g., hammer mills) and paperforming (e.g., slurry pumping onto continuous screens which are designed to manipulate short fibers in a fluid).
- In one embodiment of the wet laid process, water non-dispersible microfibers are suspended in water, brought to a forming unit wherein the water is drained off through a forming screen, and the fibers are deposited on the screen wire.
- In another embodiment of the wet laid process, water non-dispersible microfibers are dewatered on a sieve or a wire mesh which revolves at high speeds of up to 1,500 meters per minute at the beginning of hydraulic formers over dewatering modules (e.g., suction boxes, foils, and curatures). The sheet is dewatered to a solid content of approximately 20 to 30 percent. The sheet can then be pressed and dried.
- In another embodiment of the wet-laid process, a process is provided comprising:
- (a) optionally, rinsing the water non-dispersible microfibers with water;
- (b) adding water to the water non-dispersible microfibers to produce a water non-dispersible microfiber slurry;
- (c) optionally, adding other fibers and/or additives to the water non-dispersible microfiber slurry; and
- (d) transferring the water non-dispersible microfiber slurry to a wet-laid nonwoven zone to produce the nonwoven article.
- In step (a), the number of rinses depends on the particular use chosen for the water non-dispersible microfibers. In step (b), sufficient water is added to the microfibers to allow them to be routed to the wet-laid nonwoven zone.
- The wet-laid nonwoven zone in step (d) comprises any equipment known in the art that can produce wet-laid nonwoven articles. In one embodiment of the invention, the wet-laid nonwoven zone comprises at least one screen, mesh, or sieve in order to remove the water from the water non-dispersible microfiber slurry.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the water non-dispersible microfiber slurry is mixed prior to transferring to the wet-laid nonwoven zone.
- The nonwoven articles also may comprise one or more layers of water-dispersible fibers, multicomponent fibers, or microdenier fibers.
- The nonwoven articles may also include various powders and particulates to improve the absorbency nonwoven article and its ability to function as a delivery vehicle for other additives. Examples of powders and particulates include, but are not limited to, talc, starches, various water absorbent, water-dispersible, or water swellable polymers (e.g., super absorbent polymers, sulfopolyesters, and poly(vinylalcohols)), silica, activated carbon, pigments, and microcapsules. As previously mentioned, additives may also be present, but are not required, as needed for specific applications. Examples of additives include, but are not limited to, fillers, light and heat stabilizers, antistatic agents, extrusion aids, dyes, anticounterfeiting markers, slip agents, tougheners, adhesion promoters, oxidative stabilizers, UV absorbers, colorants, pigments, opacifiers (delustrants), optical brighteners, fillers, nucleating agents, plasticizers, viscosity modifiers, surface modifiers, antimicrobials, antifoams, lubricants, thermostabilizers, emulsifiers, disinfectants, cold flow inhibitors, branching agents, oils, waxes, and catalysts.
- The nonwoven article may further comprise a water-dispersible film comprising at least one second water-dispersible polymer. The second water-dispersible polymer may be the same as or different from the previously described water-dispersible polymers used in the fibers and nonwoven articles of the present invention. In one embodiment, for example, the second water-dispersible polymer may be an additional sulfopolyester which, in turn, can comprise:
- (a) at least 50, 60, 70, 75, 85, or 90 mole percent and no more than 95 mole percent of one or more residues of isophthalic acid or terephthalic acid, based on the total acid residues;
- (b) at least 4 to about 30 mole percent, based on the total acid residues, of a residue of sodiosulfoisophthalic acid;
- (c) one or more diol residues, wherein at least 15, 25, 50, 70, or 75 mole percent and no more than 95 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH2—CH2)n—OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500;
- (d) 0 to about 20 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of a branching monomer having three or more functional groups wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof.
- The additional sulfopolyester may be blended with one or more supplemental polymers, as described hereinabove, to modify the properties of the resulting nonwoven article. The supplemental polymer may or may not be water-dispersible depending on the application. The supplemental polymer may be miscible or immiscible with the additional sulfopolyester.
- The additional sulfopolyester also may include the residues of ethylene glycol and/or 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol. The additional sulfopolyester may further comprise at least 10, 20, 30, or 40 mole percent and/or no more than 75, 65, or 60 mole percent CHDM. The additional sulfopolyester may further comprise ethylene glycol residues in the amount of at least 10, 20, 25, or 40 mole percent and no more than 75, 65, or 60 mole percent ethylene glycol residues. In one embodiment, the additional sulfopolyester comprises is at about 75 to about 96 mole percent of the residues of isophthalic acid and about 25 to about 95 mole percent of the residues of diethylene glycol.
- According to the invention, the sulfopolyester film component of the nonwoven article may be produced as a monolayer or multilayer film. The monolayer film may be produced by conventional casting techniques. The multilayered films may be produced by conventional lamination methods or the like. The film may be of any convenient thickness, but total thickness will normally be between about 2 and about millimeters.
- A major advantage inherent to the water dispersible sulfopolyesters of the present invention relative to the caustic-dissipatable polymers (including sulfopolyesters) known in the art is the facile ability to remove or recover the polymer from aqueous dispersions via flocculation and precipitation by adding ionic moieties (i.e., salts). pH adjustment, adding nonsolvents, freezing, membrane filtration and so forth may also be employed. The recovered water dispersible sulfopolyester may find use in applications, including, but not limited to, the aforementioned sulfopolyester binder for wet-laid nonwovens comprising the synthetic microfibers of the invention.
- The present invention provides a microfiber-generating multicomponent fiber that includes at least two components, at least one of which is a water-dispersible sulfopolyester and at least one of which is a water non-dispersible synthetic polymer. As is discussed below in further detail, the water-dispersible component can comprise a sulfopolyester fiber and the water non-dispersible component can comprise a water non-dispersible synthetic polymer.
- The term “multicomponent fiber” as used herein, is intended to mean a fiber prepared by melting at least two or more fiber-forming polymers in separate extruders, directing the resulting multiple polymer flows into one spinneret with a plurality of distribution flow paths, and spinning the flow paths together to form one fiber. Multicomponent fibers are also sometimes referred to as conjugate or bicomponent fibers. The polymers are arranged in distinct segments or configurations across the cross-section of the multicomponent fibers and extend continuously along the length of the multicomponent fibers. The configurations of such multicomponent fibers may include, for example, sheath core, side by side, segmented pie, striped, or islands-in-the-sea. For example, a multicomponent fiber may be prepared by extruding the sulfopolyester and one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers separately through a spinneret having a shaped or engineered transverse geometry such as, for example, an “islands-in-the-sea,” striped, or segmented pie configuration.
- Additional disclosures regarding multicomponent fibers, how to produce them, and their use to generate microfibers are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,989,193, US Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0282008, US Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0194047, U.S. Pat. No. 7,687,143, US Patent Application No. 2008/0311815, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0160859, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The terms “segment,” and/or “domain,” when used to describe the shaped cross section of a multicomponent fiber refer to the area within the cross section comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers. These domains or segments are substantially isolated from each other by the water-dispersible sulfopolyester, which intervenes between the segments or domains. The term “substantially isolated,” as used herein, is intended to mean that the segments or domains are set apart from each other to permit the segments or domains to form individual fibers upon removal of the sulfopolyester. Segments or domains can be of similar shape and size or can vary in shape and/or size. Furthermore, the segments or domains can be “substantially continuous” along the length of the multicomponent fiber. The term “substantially continuous” means that the segments or domains are continuous along at least 10 cm length of the multicomponent fiber. These segments or domains of the multicomponent fiber produce the water non-dispersible microfibers when the water dispersible sulfopolyester is removed.
- The term “water-dispersible,” as used in reference to the water-dispersible component and the sulfopolyesters is intended to be synonymous with the terms “water-dissipatable,” “water-disintegratable,” “water-dissolvable,” “water-dispellable,” “water soluble,” “water-removable,” “hydrosoluble,” and “hydrodispersible” and is intended to mean that the sulfopolyester component is sufficiently removed from the multicomponent fiber and is dispersed and/or dissolved by the action of water to enable the release and separation of the water non-dispersible fibers contained therein. The terms “dispersed,” “dispersible,” “dissipate,” or “dissipatable” mean that, when using a sufficient amount of deionized water (e.g., 100:1 water:fiber by weight) to form a loose suspension or slurry of the sulfopolyester fibers at a temperature of about 60° C., and within a time period of up to 5 days, the sulfopolyester component dissolves, disintegrates, or separates from the multicomponent fiber, thus leaving behind a plurality of microfibers from the water non-dispersible segments.
- In the context of this invention, all of these terms refer to the activity of water or a mixture of water and a water-miscible cosolvent on the sulfopolyesters described herein. Examples of such water-miscible cosolvents includes alcohols, ketones, glycol ethers, esters and the like. It is intended for this terminology to include conditions where the sulfopolyester is dissolved to form a true solution as well as those where the sulfopolyester is dispersed within the aqueous medium. Often, due to the statistical nature of sulfopolyester compositions, it is possible to have a soluble fraction and a dispersed fraction when a single sulfopolyester sample is placed in an aqueous medium.
- The term “polyester”, as used herein, encompasses both “homopolyesters” and “copolyesters” and means a synthetic polymer prepared by the polycondensation of difunctional carboxylic acids with a difunctional hydroxyl compound. Typically, the difunctional carboxylic acid is a dicarboxylic acid and the difunctional hydroxyl compound is a dihydric alcohol such as, for example, glycols and diols. Alternatively, the difunctional carboxylic acid may be a hydroxy carboxylic acid such as, for example, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, and the difunctional hydroxyl compound may be an aromatic nucleus bearing two hydroxy substituents such as, for example, hydroquinone. As used herein, the term “sulfopolyester” means any polyester comprising a sulfomonomer. The term “residue,” as used herein, means any organic structure incorporated into a polymer through a polycondensation reaction involving the corresponding monomer. Thus, the dicarboxylic acid residue may be derived from a dicarboxylic acid monomer or its associated acid halides, esters, salts, anhydrides, or mixtures thereof. Therefore, the term dicarboxylic acid is intended to include dicarboxylic acids and any derivative of a dicarboxylic acid, including its associated acid halides, esters, half-esters, salts, half-salts, anhydrides, mixed anhydrides, or mixtures thereof, useful in a polycondensation process with a diol to make high molecular weight polyesters.
- The water-dispersible sulfopolyesters generally comprise dicarboxylic acid monomer residues, sulfomonomer residues, diol monomer residues, and repeating units. The sulfomonomer may be a dicarboxylic acid, a diol, or hydroxycarboxylic acid. The term “monomer residue,” as used herein, means a residue of a dicarboxylic acid, a diol, or a hydroxycarboxylic acid. A “repeating unit,” as used herein, means an organic structure having 2 monomer residues bonded through a carbonyloxy group. The sulfopolyesters of the present invention contain substantially equal molar proportions of acid residues (100 mole percent) and diol residues (100 mole percent), which react in substantially equal proportions such that the total moles of repeating units is equal to 100 mole percent. The mole percentages provided in the present disclosure, therefore, may be based on the total moles of acid residues, the total moles of diol residues, or the total moles of repeating units. For example, a sulfopolyester containing 30 mole percent of a sulfomonomer, which may be a dicarboxylic acid, a diol, or hydroxycarboxylic acid, based on the total repeating units, means that the sulfopolyester contains 30 mole percent sulfomonomer out of a total of 100 mole percent repeating units. Thus, there are 30 moles of sulfomonomer residues among every 100 moles of repeating units. Similarly, a sulfopolyester containing 30 mole percent of a sulfonated dicarboxylic acid, based on the total acid residues, means the sulfopolyester contains 30 mole percent sulfonated dicarboxlyic acid out of a total of 100 mole percent acid residues. Thus, in this latter case, there are 30 moles of sulfonated dicarboxylic acid residues among every 100 moles of acid residues.
- In addition, our invention also provides a process for producing the multicomponent fibers and the microfibers derived therefrom, the process comprising (a) producing the multicomponent fiber and (b) generating the microfibers from the multicomponent fibers.
- The process begins by (a) spinning a water dispersible sulfopolyester having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 36° C., 40° C., or 57° C. and one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers immiscible with the sulfopolyester into multicomponent fibers. The multicomponent fibers can have a plurality of segments comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers that are substantially isolated from each other by the sulfopolyester, which intervenes between the segments. The sulfopolyester comprises:
- (i) about 50 to about 96 mole percent of one or more residues of isophthalic acid and/or terephthalic acid, based on the total acid residues;
- (ii) about 4 to about 30 mole percent, based on the total acid residues, of a residue of sodiosulfoisophthalic acid;
- (iii) one or more diol residues, wherein at least 25 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH2—CH2)n—OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500; and
- (iv) 0 to about 20 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of a branching monomer having 3 or more functional groups wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof. Ideally, the sulfopolyester has a melt viscosity of less than 12,000, 8,000, or 6,000 poise measured at 240° C. at a strain rate of 1 rad/sec.
- The microfibers are generated by (b) contacting the multicomponent fibers with water to remove the sulfopolyester thereby forming the microfibers comprising the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer. The water non-dispersible microfibers of the instant invention can have an average fineness of at least 0.001, 0.005, or 0.01 dpf and/or no more than 0.1 or 0.5 dpf. Typically, the multicomponent fiber is contacted with water at a temperature of about 25° C. to about 100° C., preferably about 50° C. to about 80° C., for a time period of from about 10 to about 600 seconds whereby the sulfopolyester is dissipated or dissolved.
- The ratio by weight of the sulfopolyester to water non-dispersible synthetic polymer component in the multicomponent fiber of the invention is generally in the range of about 98:2 to about 2:98 or, in another example, in the range of about 25:75 to about 75:25. Typically, the sulfopolyester comprises 50 percent by weight or less of the total weight of the multicomponent fiber.
- The shaped cross section of the multicomponent fibers can be, for example, in the form of a sheath core, islands-in-the-sea, segmented pie, hollow segmented pie, off-centered segmented pie, or striped.
- For example, the striped configuration can have alternating water dispersible segments and water non-dispersible segments and have at least 4, 8, or 12 stripes and/or less than 50, 35, or 20 stripes.
- The multicomponent fibers of the present invention can be prepared in a number of ways. For example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,678, multicomponent fibers may be prepared by extruding the sulfopolyester and one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers, which are immiscible with the sulfopolyester, separately through a spinneret having a shaped or engineered transverse geometry such as, for example, islands-in-the-sea, sheath core, side-by-side, striped, or segmented pie. The sulfopolyester may be later removed by dissolving the interfacial layers or pie segments and leaving the microdenier fibers of the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer(s). These microdenier fibers of the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer(s) have fiber sizes much smaller than the multicomponent fiber. Another example includes feeding the sulfopolyester and water non-dispersible synthetic polymers to a polymer distribution system where the polymers are introduced into a segmented spinneret plate. The polymers follow separate paths to the fiber spinneret and are combined at the spinneret hole. The spinneret hole comprises either two concentric circular holes, thus providing a sheath core type fiber, or a circular spinneret hole divided along a diameter into multiple parts to provide a fiber having a side-by-side type. Alternatively, the sulfopolyester and water non-dispersible synthetic polymers may be introduced separately into a spinneret having a plurality of radial channels to produce a multicomponent fiber having a segmented pie cross section. Typically, the sulfopolyester will form the “sheath” component of a sheath core configuration. Another alternative process involves forming the multicomponent fibers by melting the sulfopolyester and water non-dispersible synthetic polymers in separate extruders and directing the polymer flows into one spinneret with a plurality of distribution flow paths in form of small thin tubes or segments to provide a fiber having an islands-in-the-sea shaped cross section. An example of such a spinneret is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,366,804. In the present invention, typically, the sulfopolyester will form the “sea” component and the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer will form the “islands” component.
- As some water-dispersible sulfopolyesters are generally resistant to removal during subsequent hydroentangling processes, it is preferable that the water used to remove the sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fibers be above room temperature, more preferably the water is at least about 45° C., 60° C., or 85° C.
- In another embodiment of this invention, another process is provided to produce water non-dispersible microfibers. The process comprises:
- (a) cutting a multicomponent fiber into cut multicomponent fibers having a length of less than 25 millimeters;
- (b) contacting a fiber-containing feedstock comprising the cut multicomponent fibers with a wash water for at least 0.1, 0.5, or 1 minutes and/or not more than 30, 20, or 10 minutes to produce a fiber mix slurry, wherein the wash water can have a pH of less than 10, 8, 7.5, or 7 and can be substantially free of added caustic;
- (c) heating said fiber mix slurry to produce a heated fiber mix slurry;
- (d) optionally, mixing said fiber mix slurry in a shearing zone;
- (e) removing at least a portion of the sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fiber to produce a slurry mixture comprising a sulfopolyester dispersion and the water non-dispersible microfibers;
- (f) removing at least a portion of the sulfopolyester dispersion from the slurry mixture to thereby provide a wet lap comprising the water non-dispersible microfibers, wherein the wet lap is comprised of at least 5, 10, 15, or 20 weight percent and/or not more than 70, 55, or 40 weight percent of the water non-dispersible microfiber and at least 30, 45, or 60 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 85, or 80 weight percent of the sulfopolyester dispersion; and
- (g) optionally, combining the wet lap with a dilution liquid to produce a dilute wet-lay slurry comprising the water non-dispersible microfibers in an amount of at least 0.0001, 0.001, or 0.005 weight percent and/or not more than 1, 0.5, or 0.1 weight percent.
- In another embodiment, the wet lap is comprised of at least 5, 10, 15, or 20 weight percent and/or not more than 50, 45, or 40 weight percent of the water non-dispersible microfiber and at least 50, 55, or 60 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 85, or 80 weight percent of the sulfopolyester dispersion.
- The multicomponent fiber can be cut into any length that can be utilized to produce nonwoven articles. In one embodiment of the invention, the multicomponent fiber is cut into lengths ranging of at least 0.1, 0.25, or 0.5 millimeter and/or not more than 25, 10, 5, or 2 millimeter. In one embodiment, the cutting ensures a consistent fiber length so that at least 75, 85, 90, 95, or 98 percent of the individual fibers have an individual length that is within 90, 95, or 98 percent of the average length of all fibers.
- The fiber-containing feedstock can comprise any other type of fiber that is useful in the production of nonwoven articles. In one embodiment, the fiber-containing feedstock further comprises at least one fiber selected from the group consisting of cellulosic fiber pulp, inorganic fibers including glass, carbon, boron and ceramic fibers, polyester fibers, lyocell fibers, nylon fibers, polyolefin fibers, rayon fibers, and cellulose ester fibers.
- The fiber-containing feedstock is mixed with a wash water to produce a fiber mix slurry. Preferably, to facilitate the removal of the water-dispersible sulfopolyester, the water utilized can be soft water or deionized water. The wash water can have a pH of less than 10, 8, 7.5, or 7 and can be substantially free of added caustic. The wash water can be maintained at a temperature of at least 140° F., 150° F., or 160° F. and/or not more than 210° F., 200° F., or 190° F. during contacting of step (b). In one embodiment, the wash water contacting of step (b) can disperse substantially all of the water-dispersible sulfopolyester segments of the multicomponent fiber, so that the dissociated water non-dispersible microfibers have less than 5, 2, or 1 weight percent of residual water dispersible sulfopolyester disposed thereon.
- The fiber mix slurry can be heated to facilitate removal of the water dispersible sulfopolyester. In one embodiment of the invention, the fiber mix slurry is heated to at least 50° C., 60° C., 70° C., 80° C. or 90° C. and no more than 100° C.
- Optionally, the fiber mix slurry can be mixed in a shearing zone. The amount of mixing is that which is sufficient to disperse and remove a portion of the water dispersible sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fiber. During mixing, at least 90, 95, or 98 weight percent of the sulfopolyester can be removed from the water non-dispersible microfiber. The shearing zone can comprise any type of equipment that can provide a turbulent fluid flow necessary to disperse and remove a portion of the water dispersible sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fiber and separate the water non-dispersible microfibers. Examples of such equipment include, but is not limited to, pulpers and refiners.
- After contacting the multicomponent fiber with water, the water dispersible sulfopolyester dissociates with the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer fiber to produce a slurry mixture comprising a sulfopolyester dispersion and the water non-dispersible microfibers. The sulfopolyester dispersion can be separated from the water non-dispersible microfibers by any means known in the art in order to produce a wet lap, wherein the sulfopolyester dispersion and the water non-dispersible microfibers in combination can make up at least 95, 98, or 99 weight percent of the wet lap. For example, the slurry mixture can be routed through separating equipment such as, for example, screens and filters. Optionally, the water non-dispersible microfibers may be washed once or numerous times to remove more of the water dispersible sulfopolyester.
- The wet lap can comprise up to at least 30, 45, 50, 55, or 60 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 86, 85, or 80 weight percent water. Even after removing some of the sulfopolyester dispersion, the wet lap can comprise at least 0.001, 0.01, or 0.1 and/or not more than 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent of water dispersible sulfopolyesters. In addition, the wet lap can further comprise a fiber finishing composition comprising an oil, a wax, and/or a fatty acid. The fatty acid and/or oil used for the fiber finishing composition can be naturally-derived. In another embodiment, the fiber finishing composition comprises mineral oil, stearate esters, sorbitan esters, and/or neatsfoot oil. The fiber finishing composition can make up at least 10, 50, or 100 ppmw and/or not more than 5,000, 1000, or 500 ppmw of the wet lap.
- The removal of the water-dispersible sulfopolyester can be determined by physical observation of the slurry mixture. The water utilized to rinse the water non-dispersible microfibers is clear if the water-dispersible sulfopolyester has been mostly removed. If the water dispersible sulfopolyester is still present in noticeable amounts, then the water utilized to rinse the water non-dispersible microfibers can be milky in color. Further, if water-dispersible sulfopolyester remains on the water non-dispersible microfibers, the microfibers can be somewhat sticky to the touch.
- The dilute wet-lay slurry of step (g) can comprise the dilution liquid in an amount of at least 90, 95, 98, 99, or 99.9 weight percent. In one embodiment, an additional fiber can be combined with the wet lap and dilution liquid to produce the dilute wet-lay slurry. The additional fibers can have a different composition and/or configuration than the water non-dispersible microfiber and can be any that is known in the art depending on the type of nonwoven article to be produced. In one embodiment of the invention, the other fiber can be selected from the group consisting cellulosic fiber pulp, inorganic fibers (e.g., glass, carbon, boron, ceramic, and combinations thereof), polyester fibers, nylon fibers, polyolefin fibers, rayon fibers, lyocell fibers, cellulose ester fibers, and combinations thereof. The dilute wet-lay slurry can comprise additional fibers in an amount of at least 0.001, 0.005, or 0.01 weight percent and/or not more than 1, 0.5, or 0.1 weight percent.
- In one embodiment of this invention, at least one water softening agent may be used to facilitate the removal of the water-dispersible sulfopolyester from the multicomponent fiber. Any water softening agent known in the art can be utilized. In one embodiment, the water softening agent is a chelating agent or calcium ion sequestrant. Applicable chelating agents or calcium ion sequestrants are compounds containing a plurality of carboxylic acid groups per molecule where the carboxylic groups in the molecular structure of the chelating agent are separated by 2 to 6 atoms. Tetrasodium ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA) is an example of the most common chelating agent, containing four carboxylic acid moieties per molecular structure with a separation of 3 atoms between adjacent carboxylic acid groups. Sodium salts of maleic acid or succinic acid are examples of the most basic chelating agent compounds. Further examples of applicable chelating agents include compounds which have multiple carboxylic acid groups in the molecular structure wherein the carboxylic acid groups are separated by the required distance (2 to 6 atom units) which yield a favorable steric interaction with di- or multi-valent cations such as calcium which cause the chelating agent to preferentially bind to di- or multi valent cations. Such compounds include, for example, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid; diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N′,N″-pentaacetic acid; pentetic acid; N,N-bis(2-(bis-(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)-glycine; diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid; [[(carboxymethyl)imino]bis(ethylenenitrilo)]-tetra-acetic acid; edetic acid; ethylenedinitrilotetraacetic acid; EDTA, free base; EDTA, free acid; ethylenediamine-N,N,N′,N′-tetraacetic acid; hampene; versene; N,N′-1,2-ethane diylbis-(N-(carboxymethyl)glycine); ethylenediamine tetra-acetic acid; N,N-bis(carboxymethyl)glycine; triglycollamic acid; trilone A; α,α′,α″-5 trimethylaminetricarboxylic acid; tri(carboxymethyl)amine; aminotriacetic acid; hampshire NTA acid; nitrilo-2,2′,2″-triacetic acid; titriplex i; nitrilotriacetic acid; and mixtures thereof.
- The water dispersible sulfopolyester can be recovered from the sulfopolyester dispersion by any method known in the art.
- The sulfopolyesters described herein can have an inherent viscosity, abbreviated hereinafter as “I.V.”, of at least about 0.1, 0.2, or 0.3 dL/g, preferably about 0.2 to 0.3 dL/g, and most preferably greater than about 0.3 dL/g, as measured in 60/40 parts by weight solution of phenol/tetrachloroethane solvent at 25° C. and at a concentration of about 0.5 g of sulfopolyester in 100 mL of solvent.
- The sulfopolyesters of the present invention can include one or more dicarboxylic acid residues. Depending on the type and concentration of the sulfomonomer, the dicarboxylic acid residue may comprise at least 60, 65, or 70 mole percent and no more than 95 or 100 mole percent of the acid residues. Examples of dicarboxylic acids that may be used include aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, alicyclic dicarboxylic acids, aromatic dicarboxylic acids, or mixtures of two or more of these acids. Thus, suitable dicarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, succinic, glutaric, adipic, azelaic, sebacic, fumaric, maleic, itaconic, 1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic, 1,4cyclohexanedicarboxylic, diglycolic, 2,5-norbornanedicarboxylic, phthalic, terephthalic, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic, 2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic, diphenic, 4,4′-oxydibenzoic, 4,4′-sulfonyldibenzoic, and isophthalic. The preferred dicarboxylic acid residues are isophthalic, terephthalic, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acids, or if diesters are used, dimethyl terephthalate, dimethyl isophthalate, and dimethyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate with the residues of isophthalic and terephthalic acid being especially preferred. Although the dicarboxylic acid methyl ester is the most preferred embodiment, it is also acceptable to include higher order alkyl esters, such as ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, and so forth. In addition, aromatic esters, particularly phenyl, also may be employed.
- The sulfopolyesters can include at least 4, 6, or 8 mole percent and no more than about 40, 35, 30, or 25 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of at least one sulfomonomer having 2 functional groups and one or more sulfonate groups attached to an aromatic or cycloaliphatic ring wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof. The sulfomonomer may be a dicarboxylic acid or ester thereof containing a sulfonate group, a diol containing a sulfonate group, or a hydroxy acid containing a sulfonate group. The term “sulfonate” refers to a salt of a sulfonic acid having the structure “—SO3M,” wherein M is the cation of the sulfonate salt. The cation of the sulfonate salt may be a metal ion such as Li+, Na+, K+, and the like.
- When a monovalent alkali metal ion is used as the cation of the sulfonate salt, the resulting sulfopolyester is completely dispersible in water with the rate of dispersion dependent on the content of sulfomonomer in the polymer, temperature of the water, surface area/thickness of the sulfopolyester, and so forth. When a divalent metal ion is used, the resulting sulfopolyesters are not readily dispersed by cold water but are more easily dispersed by hot water. Utilization of more than one counterion within a single polymer composition is possible and may offer a means to tailor or fine-tune the water-responsivity of the resulting article of manufacture. Examples of sulfomonomers residues include monomer residues where the sulfonate salt group is attached to an aromatic acid nucleus, such as, for example, benzene, naphthalene, diphenyl, oxydiphenyl, sulfonyldiphenyl, methylenediphenyl, or cycloaliphatic rings (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl). Other examples of sulfomonomer residues which may be used in the present invention are the metal sulfonate salts of sulfophthalic acid, sulfoterephthalic acid, sulfoisophthalic acid, or combinations thereof. Other examples of sulfomonomers which may be used include 5-sodiosulfoisophthalic acid and esters thereof.
- The sulfomonomers used in the preparation of the sulfopolyesters are known compounds and may be prepared using methods well known in the art. For example, sulfomonomers in which the sulfonate group is attached to an aromatic ring may be prepared by sulfonating the aromatic compound with oleum to obtain the corresponding sulfonic acid and followed by reaction with a metal oxide or base, for example, sodium acetate, to prepare the sulfonate salt. Procedures for preparation of various sulfomonomers are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,779,993; U.S. Pat. No. 3,018,272; and U.S. Pat. No. 3,528,947, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The sulfopolyesters can include one or more diol residues which may include aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, and aralkyl glycols. The cycloaliphatic diols, for example, 1,3- and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, may be present as their pure cis or trans isomers or as a mixture of cis and trans isomers. As used herein, the term “diol” is synonymous with the term “glycol” and can encompass any dihydric alcohol. Examples of diols include, but are not limited to, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycols, 1,3-propanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-2-ethylhexane-1,3-diol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-butyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-isobutyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-hexanediol, thiodiethanol, 1,2-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-1,3-cyclobutanediol, p-xylylenediol, or combinations of one or more of these glycols.
- The diol residues may include from about 25 mole percent to about 100 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, of residues of a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH2—CH2)n—OH, wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500. Non-limiting examples of lower molecular weight polyethylene glycols (e.g., wherein n is from 2 to 6) are diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, and tetraethylene glycol. Of these lower molecular weight glycols, diethylene and triethylene glycol are most preferred. Higher molecular weight polyethylene glycols (abbreviated herein as “PEG”), wherein n is from 7 to about 500, include the commercially available products known under the designation CARBOWAX®, a product of Dow Chemical Company (formerly Union Carbide). Typically, PEGs are used in combination with other diols such as, for example, diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol. Based on the values of n, which range from greater than 6 to 500, the molecular weight may range from greater than 300 to about 22,000 g/mol. The molecular weight and the mole percent are inversely proportional to each other; specifically, as the molecular weight is increased, the mole percent will be decreased in order to achieve a designated degree of hydrophilicity. For example, it is illustrative of this concept to consider that a PEG having a molecular weight of 1,000 g/mol may constitute up to 10 mole percent of the total diol, while a PEG having a molecular weight of 10,000 g/mol would typically be incorporated at a level of less than 1 mole percent of the total diol.
- Certain dimer, trimer, and tetramer diols may be formed in situ due to side reactions that may be controlled by varying the process conditions. For example, varying amounts of diethylene, triethylene, and tetraethylene glycols may be derived from ethylene glycol using an acid-catalyzed dehydration reaction which occurs readily when the polycondensation reaction is carried out under acidic conditions. The presence of buffer solutions, well known to those skilled in the art, may be added to the reaction mixture to retard these side reactions. Additional compositional latitude is possible, however, if the buffer is omitted and the dimerization, trimerization, and tetramerization reactions are allowed to proceed.
- The sulfopolyesters of the present invention may include from 0 to less than 25, 20, 15, or 10 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of a branching monomer having 3 or more functional groups wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof. Non-limiting examples of branching monomers are 1,1,1-trimethylol propane, 1,1,1-trimethylolethane, glycerin, pentaerythritol, erythritol, threitol, dipentaerythritol, sorbitol, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, dimethylol propionic acid, or combinations thereof. The presence of a branching monomer may result in a number of possible benefits to the sulfopolyesters, including but not limited to, the ability to tailor rheological, solubility, and tensile properties. For example, at a constant molecular weight, a branched sulfopolyester, compared to a linear analog, will also have a greater concentration of end groups that may facilitate post-polymerization crosslinking reactions. At high concentrations of branching agent, however, the sulfopolyester may be prone to gelation.
- The sulfopolyester used for the multicomponent fiber can have a glass transition temperature, abbreviated herein as “Tg,” of at least 25° C., 30° C., 36° C., 40° C., 45° C., 50° C., 55° C., 57° C., 60° C., or 65° C. as measured on the dry polymer using standard techniques well known to persons skilled in the art, such as differential scanning calorimetry (“DSC”). The Tg measurements of the sulfopolyesters are conducted using a “dry polymer,” that is, a polymer sample in which adventitious or absorbed water is driven off by heating the polymer to a temperature of about 200° C. and allowing the sample to return to room temperature. Typically, the sulfopolyester is dried in the DSC apparatus by conducting a first thermal scan in which the sample is heated to a temperature above the water vaporization temperature, holding the sample at that temperature until the vaporization of the water absorbed in the polymer is complete (as indicated by a large, broad endotherm), cooling the sample to room temperature, and then conducting a second thermal scan to obtain the Tg measurement.
- In one embodiment, our invention provides a sulfopolyester having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 25° C., wherein the sulfopolyester comprises:
- (a) at least 50, 60, 75, or 85 mole percent and no more than 96, 95, 90, or 85 mole percent of one or more residues of isophthalic acid and/or terephthalic acid, based on the total acid residues;
- (b) about 4 to about 30 mole percent, based on the total acid residues, of a residue of sodiosulfoisophthalic acid;
- (c) one or more diol residues wherein at least 25, 50, 70, or 75 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH2—CH2)n—OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500;
- (d) 0 to about 20 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of a branching monomer having 3 or more functional groups wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof.
- The sulfopolyesters of the instant invention are readily prepared from the appropriate dicarboxylic acids, esters, anhydrides, salts, sulfomonomer, and the appropriate diol or diol mixtures using typical polycondensation reaction conditions. They may be made by continuous, semi-continuous, and batch modes of operation and may utilize a variety of reactor types. Examples of suitable reactor types include, but are not limited to, stirred tank, continuous stirred tank, slurry, tubular, wiped-film, falling film, or extrusion reactors. The term “continuous” as used herein means a process wherein reactants are introduced and products withdrawn simultaneously in an uninterrupted manner. By “continuous” it is meant that the process is substantially or completely continuous in operation and is to be contrasted with a “batch” process. “Continuous” is not meant in any way to prohibit normal interruptions in the continuity of the process due to, for example, start-up, reactor maintenance, or scheduled shut down periods. The term “batch” process as used herein means a process wherein all the reactants are added to the reactor and then processed according to a predetermined course of reaction during which no material is fed or removed from the reactor. The term “semicontinuous” means a process where some of the reactants are charged at the beginning of the process and the remaining reactants are fed continuously as the reaction progresses. Alternatively, a semicontinuous process may also include a process similar to a batch process in which all the reactants are added at the beginning of the process except that one or more of the products are removed continuously as the reaction progresses. The process is operated advantageously as a continuous process for economic reasons and to produce superior coloration of the polymer as the sulfopolyester may deteriorate in appearance if allowed to reside in a reactor at an elevated temperature for too long a duration.
- The sulfopolyesters can be prepared by procedures known to persons skilled in the art. The sulfomonomer is most often added directly to the reaction mixture from which the polymer is made, although other processes are known and may also be employed, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,018,272, U.S. Pat. No. 3,075,952, and U.S. Pat. No. 3,033,822. The reaction of the sulfomonomer, diol component, and the dicarboxylic acid component may be carried out using conventional polyester polymerization conditions. For example, when preparing the sulfopolyesters by means of an ester interchange reaction, i.e., from the ester form of the dicarboxylic acid components, the reaction process may comprise two steps. In the first step, the diol component and the dicarboxylic acid component, such as, for example, dimethyl isophthalate, are reacted at elevated temperatures of about 150° C. to about 250° C. for about 0.5 to 8 hours at pressures ranging from about 0.0 kPa gauge to about 414 kPa gauge (60 pounds per square inch, “psig”). Preferably, the temperature for the ester interchange reaction ranges from about 180° C. to about 230° C. for about 1 to 4 hours while the preferred pressure ranges from about 103 kPa gauge (15 psig) to about 276 kPa gauge (40 psig). Thereafter, the reaction product is heated under higher temperatures and under reduced pressure to form a sulfopolyester with the elimination of a diol, which is readily volatilized under these conditions and removed from the system. This second step, or polycondensation step, is continued under higher vacuum conditions and a temperature which generally ranges from about 230° C. to about 350° C., preferably about 250° C. to about 310° C., and most preferably about 260° C. to about 290° C. for about 0.1 to about 6 hours, or preferably, for about 0.2 to about 2 hours, until a polymer having the desired degree of polymerization, as determined by inherent viscosity, is obtained. The polycondensation step may be conducted under reduced pressure which ranges from about 53 kPa (400 torr) to about 0.013 kPa (0.1 torr). Stirring or appropriate conditions are used in both stages to ensure adequate heat transfer and surface renewal of the reaction mixture. The reactions of both stages are facilitated by appropriate catalysts such as, for example, alkoxy titanium compounds, alkali metal hydroxides and alcoholates, salts of organic carboxylic acids, alkyl tin compounds, metal oxides, and the like. A three-stage manufacturing procedure, similar to that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,290,631 may also be used, particularly when a mixed monomer feed of acids and esters is employed.
- To ensure that the reaction of the diol component and dicarboxylic acid component by an ester interchange reaction mechanism is driven to completion, it is preferred to employ about 1.05 to about 2.5 moles of diol component to one mole of dicarboxylic acid component. Persons of skill in the art will understand, however, that the ratio of diol component to dicarboxylic acid component is generally determined by the design of the reactor in which the reaction process occurs.
- In the preparation of sulfopolyester by direct esterification, i.e., from the acid form of the dicarboxylic acid component, sulfopolyesters are produced by reacting the dicarboxylic acid or a mixture of dicarboxylic acids with the diol component or a mixture of diol components. The reaction is conducted at a pressure of from about 7 kPa gauge (1 psig) to about 1,379 kPa gauge (200 psig), preferably less than 689 kPa (100 psig) to produce a low molecular weight, linear or branched sulfopolyester product having an average degree of polymerization of from about 1.4 to about 10. The temperatures employed during the direct esterification reaction typically range from about 180° C. to about 280° C., more preferably ranging from about 220° C. to about 270° C. This low molecular weight polymer may then be polymerized by a polycondensation reaction.
- As noted hereinabove, the sulfopolyesters are advantageous for the preparation of bicomponent and multicomponent fibers having a shaped cross section. We have discovered that sulfopolyesters or blends of sulfopolyesters having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 35° C. are particularly useful for multicomponent fibers for preventing blocking and fusing of the fiber during spinning and take up. Further, to obtain a sulfopolyester with a Tg of at least 35° C., blends of one or more sulfopolyesters may be used in varying proportions to obtain a sulfopolyester blend having the desired Tg. The Tg of a sulfopolyester blend may be calculated by using a weighted average of the Tg's of the sulfopolyester components. For example, sulfopolyesters having a Tg of 48° C. may be blended in a 25:75 weight:weight ratio with another sulfopolyester having Tg of 65° C. to give a sulfopolyester blend having a Tg of approximately 61° C.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the water dispersible sulfopolyester component of the multicomponent fiber presents properties which allow at least one of the following:
- (a) the multicomponent fibers to be spun to a desired low denier,
- (b) the sulfopolyester in these multicomponent fibers to be resistant to removal during hydroentangling of a web formed from the multicomponent fibers but is efficiently removed at elevated temperatures after hydroentanglement, and
- (c) the multicomponent fibers to be heat settable so as to yield a stable, strong fabric. Surprising and unexpected results were achieved in furtherance of these objectives using a sulfopolyester having a certain melt viscosity and level of sulfomonomer residues.
- As previously discussed, the sulfopolyester or sulfopolyester blend utilized in the multicomponent fibers or binders can have a melt viscosity of generally less than about 12,000, 10,000, 6,000, or 4,000 poise as measured at 240° C. and at a 1 rad/sec shear rate. In another aspect, the sulfopolyester or sulfopolyester blend exhibits a melt viscosity of between about 1,000 to 12,000 poise, more preferably between 2,000 to 6,000 poise, and most preferably between 2,500 to 4,000 poise measured at 240° C. and at a 1 rad/sec shear rate. Prior to determining the viscosity, the samples are dried at 60° C. in a vacuum oven for 2 days. The melt viscosity is measured on a rheometer using 25 mm diameter parallel-plate geometry at a 1 mm gap setting. A dynamic frequency sweep is run at a strain rate range of 1 to 400 rad/sec and 10 percent strain amplitude. The viscosity is then measured at 240° C. and at a strain rate of 1 rad/sec.
- The level of sulfomonomer residues in the sulfopolyester polymers is at least 4 or 5 mole percent and less than about 25, 20, 12, or 10 mole percent, reported as a percentage of the total diacid or diol residues in the sulfopolyester. Sulfomonomers for use with the invention preferably have 2 functional groups and one or more sulfonate groups attached to an aromatic or cycloaliphatic ring wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof. A sodiosulfo-isophthalic acid monomer is particularly preferred.
- In addition to the sulfomonomer described previously, the sulfopolyester preferably comprises residues of one or more dicarboxylic acids, one or more diol residues wherein at least 25 mole percent, based on the total diol residues, is a poly(ethylene glycol) having a structure H—(OCH2—CH2)n—OH wherein n is an integer in the range of 2 to about 500, and 0 to about 20 mole percent, based on the total repeating units, of residues of a branching monomer having 3 or more functional groups wherein the functional groups are hydroxyl, carboxyl, or a combination thereof.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the sulfopolyester comprises from about 60 to 99, 80 to 96, or 88 to 94 mole percent of dicarboxylic acid residues, from about 1 to 40, 4 to 20, or 6 to 12 mole percent of sulfomonomer residues, and 100 mole percent of diol residues (there being a total mole percent of 200 percent, i.e., 100 mole percent diacid and 100 mole percent diol). More specifically, the dicarboxylic portion of the sulfopolyester comprises between about 50 to 95, 60 to 80, or 65 to 75 mole percent of terephthalic acid, about 0.5 to 49, 1 to 30, or 15 to 25 mole percent of isophthalic acid, and about 1 to 40, 4 to 20, or 6 to 12 mole percent of 5-sodiosulfoisophthalic acid (5-SSIPA). The diol portion comprises from about 0 to 50 mole percent of diethylene glycol and from about 50 to 100 mole percent of ethylene glycol. An exemplary formulation according to this embodiment of the invention is set forth subsequently.
-
TABLE 1 Approximate Mole percent (based on total moles of diol or diacid residues) Terephthalic acid 71 Isophthalic acid 20 5-SSIPA 9 Diethylene glycol 35 Ethylene glycol 65 - The water dispersible component of the multicomponent fibers or the binders of the nonwoven article may consist essentially of or, consist of, the sulfopolyesters described hereinabove. In another embodiment, however, the sulfopolyesters of this invention may be blended with one or more supplemental polymers to modify the properties of the resulting multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article. The supplemental polymer may or may not be water-dispersible depending on the application and may be miscible or immiscible with the sulfopolyester. If the supplemental polymer is water non-dispersible, it is preferred that the blend with the sulfopolyester is immiscible.
- The term “miscible,” as used herein, is intended to mean that the blend has a single, homogeneous amorphous phase as indicated by a single composition-dependent Tg. For example, a first polymer that is miscible with second polymer may be used to “plasticize” the second polymer as illustrated, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 6,211,309. By contrast, the term “immiscible,” as used herein, denotes a blend that shows at least two randomly mixed phases and exhibits more than one Tg. Some polymers may be immiscible and yet compatible with the sulfopolyester. A further general description of miscible and immiscible polymer blends and the various analytical techniques for their characterization may be found in Polymer Blends Volumes 1 and 2, Edited by D. R. Paul and C. B. Bucknall, 2000, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Non-limiting examples of water-dispersible polymers that may be blended with the sulfopolyester are polymethacrylic acid, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene-acrylic acid copolymers, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene oxide, hydroxy propyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, isopropyl cellulose, methyl ether starch, polyacrylamides, poly(N-vinyl caprolactam), polyethyl oxazoline, poly(2-isopropyl-2-oxazoline), polyvinyl methyl oxazolidone, water-dispersible sulfopolyesters, polyvinyl methyl oxazolidimone, poly(2,4-dimethyl-6-triazinylethylene), and ethylene oxide-propylene oxide copolymers. Examples of polymers which are water non-dispersible that may be blended with the sulfopolyester include, but are not limited to, polyolefins, such as homo- and copolymers of polyethylene and polypropylene; poly(ethylene terephthalate); poly(butylene terephthalate); and polyamides, such as nylon-6; polylactides; caprolactone; Eastar Bio® (poly(tetramethylene adipate-co-terephthalate), a product of Eastman Chemical Company); polycarbonate; polyurethane; and polyvinyl chloride.
- According to our invention, blends of more than one sulfopolyester may be used to tailor the end-use properties of the resulting multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article. The blends of one or more sulfopolyesters will have Tg's of at least 25° C. for the binder compositions and at least 35° C. for the multicomponent fibers.
- The sulfopolyester and supplemental polymer may be blended in batch, semicontinuous, or continuous processes. Small scale batches may be readily prepared in any high-intensity mixing devices well known to those skilled in the art, such as Banbury mixers, prior to melt-spinning fibers. The components may also be blended in solution in an appropriate solvent. The melt blending method includes blending the sulfopolyester and supplemental polymer at a temperature sufficient to melt the polymers. The blend may be cooled and pelletized for further use or the melt blend can be melt spun directly from this molten blend into fiber form. The term “melt” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, merely softening the polyester. For melt mixing methods generally known in the polymers art, see Mixing and Compounding of Polymers (I. Manas-Zloczower & Z. Tadmor editors, Carl Hanser Verlag Publisher, 1994, New York, N.Y.).
- The water non-dispersible components of the multicomponent fibers and the nonwoven articles of this invention also may contain other conventional additives and ingredients which do not deleteriously affect their end use. For example, additives include, but are not limited to, starches, fillers, light and heat stabilizers, antistatic agents, extrusion aids, dyes, anticounterfeiting markers, slip agents, tougheners, adhesion promoters, oxidative stabilizers, UV absorbers, colorants, pigments, opacifiers (delustrants), optical brighteners, fillers, nucleating agents, plasticizers, viscosity modifiers, surface modifiers, antimicrobials, antifoams, lubricants, thermostabilizers, emulsifiers, disinfectants, cold flow inhibitors, branching agents, oils, waxes, and catalysts.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the multicomponent fibers and nonwoven articles will contain less than 10 weight percent of anti-blocking additives, based on the total weight of the multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article. For example, the multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article may contain less than 10, 9, 5, 3, or 1 weight percent of a pigment or filler based on the total weight of the multicomponent fiber or nonwoven article. Colorants, sometimes referred to as toners, may be added to impart a desired neutral hue and/or brightness to the water non-dispersible polymer. When colored fibers are desired, pigments or colorants may be included in the water non-dispersible polymer when producing the polymer or they may be melt blended with the preformed sulfopolyester. A preferred method of including colorants is to use a colorant having thermally stable organic colored compounds having reactive groups such that the colorant is copolymerized and incorporated into the water non-dispersible polymer to improve its hue. For example, colorants such as dyes possessing reactive hydroxyl and/or carboxyl groups, including, but not limited to, blue and red substituted anthraquinones, may be copolymerized into the polymer chain
- As previously discussed, the segments or domains of the multicomponent fibers may comprise one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers. Examples of water non-dispersible synthetic polymers which may be used in segments of the multicomponent fiber include, but are not limited to, polyolefins, polyesters, copolyesters, polyamides, polylactides, polycaprolactone, polycarbonate, polyurethane, acrylics, cellulose ester, and/or polyvinyl chloride. For example, the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer may be polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate homopolymer, polyethylene terephthalate copolymer, polybutylene terephthalate, polycyclohexylene cyclohexanedicarboxylate, polycyclohexylene terephthalate, polytrimethylene terephthalate, and the like. As In another example, the water non-dispersible synthetic polymer can be biodistintegratable as determined by DIN Standard 54900 and/or biodegradable as determined by ASTM Standard Method, D6340-98. Examples of biodegradable polyesters and polyester blends are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,599,858; U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,911; U.S. Pat. No. 5,446,079; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,559,171.
- The term “biodegradable,” as used herein in reference to the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers, is understood to mean that the polymers are degraded under environmental influences such as, for example, in a composting environment, in an appropriate and demonstrable time span as defined, for example, by ASTM Standard Method, D6340-98, entitled “Standard Test Methods for Determining Aerobic Biodegradation of Radiolabeled Plastic Materials in an Aqueous or Compost Environment.” The water non-dispersible synthetic polymers of the present invention also may be “biodisintegratable,” meaning that the polymers are easily fragmented in a composting environment as defined, for example, by DIN Standard 54900. For example, the biodegradable polymer is initially reduced in molecular weight in the environment by the action of heat, water, air, microbes, and other factors. This reduction in molecular weight results in a loss of physical properties (tenacity) and often in fiber breakage. Once the molecular weight of the polymer is sufficiently low, the monomers and oligomers are then assimilated by the microbes. In an aerobic environment, these monomers or oligomers are ultimately oxidized to CO2, H2O, and new cell biomass. In an anaerobic environment, the monomers or oligomers are ultimately converted to CO2, H2, acetate, methane, and cell biomass.
- Additionally, the water non-dispersible synthetic polymers may comprise aliphatic-aromatic polyesters, abbreviated herein as “AAPE.” The term “aliphatic-aromatic polyester,” as used herein, means a polyester comprising a mixture of residues from aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acids, aliphatic diols, cycloaliphatic diols, aromatic diols, and aromatic dicarboxylic acids. The term “non-aromatic,” as used herein with respect to the dicarboxylic acid and diol monomers of the present invention, means that carboxyl or hydroxyl groups of the monomer are not connected through an aromatic nucleus. For example, adipic acid contains no aromatic nucleus in its backbone (i.e., the chain of carbon atoms connecting the carboxylic acid groups), thus adipic acid is “non-aromatic.” By contrast, the term “aromatic” means the dicarboxylic acid or diol contains an aromatic nucleus in its backbone such as, for example, terephthalic acid or 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid. “Non-aromatic,” therefore, is intended to include both aliphatic and cycloaliphatic structures such as, for example, diols and dicarboxylic acids, which contain as a backbone a straight or branched chain or cyclic arrangement of the constituent carbon atoms which may be saturated or paraffinic in nature, unsaturated (i.e., containing non-aromatic carbon-carbon double bonds), or acetylenic (i.e., containing carbon-carbon triple bonds). Thus, non-aromatic is intended to include linear and branched, chain structures (referred to herein as “aliphatic”) and cyclic structures (referred to herein as “alicyclic” or “cycloaliphatic”). The term “non-aromatic,” however, is not intended to exclude any aromatic substituents which may be attached to the backbone of an aliphatic or cycloaliphatic diol or dicarboxylic acid. In the present invention, the difunctional carboxylic acid typically is a aliphatic dicarboxylic acid such as, for example, adipic acid, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid such as, for example, terephthalic acid. The difunctional hydroxyl compound may be cycloaliphatic diol such as, for example, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, a linear or branched aliphatic diol such as, for example, 1,4-butanediol, or an aromatic diol such as, for example, hydroquinone.
- The AAPE may be a linear or branched random copolyester and/or chain extended copolyester comprising diol residues which comprise the residues of one or more substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched, diols selected from aliphatic diols containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms, polyalkylene ether glycols containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and cycloaliphatic diols containing about 4 to about 12 carbon atoms. The substituted diols, typically, will comprise 1 to 4 substituents independently selected from halo, C6-C10 aryl, and C1-C4 alkoxy. Examples of diols which may be used include, but are not limited to, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, polyethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-hexanediol, thiodiethanol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclo-hexanedimethanol, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-1,3-cyclobutanediol, triethylene glycol, and tetraethylene glycol. The AAPE also comprises diacid residues which contain about 35 to about 99 mole percent, based on the total moles of diacid residues, of the residues of one or more substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched, non-aromatic dicarboxylic acids selected from aliphatic dicarboxylic acids containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms and cycloaliphatic acids containing about 5 to 10 carbon atoms. The substituted non-aromatic dicarboxylic acids will typically contain 1 to about 4 substituents selected from halo, C6-C10 aryl, and C1-C4 alkoxy. Non-limiting examples of non-aromatic diacids include malonic, succinic, glutaric, adipic, pimelic, azelaic, sebacic, fumaric, 2,2-dimethyl glutaric, suberic, 1,3-cyclopentanedicarboxylic, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic, 1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic, diglycolic, itaconic, maleic, and 2,5-norbornane-dicarboxylic. In addition to the non-aromatic dicarboxylic acids, the AAPE comprises about 1 to about 65 mole percent, based on the total moles of diacid residues, of the residues of one or more substituted or unsubstituted aromatic dicarboxylic acids containing 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. In the case where substituted aromatic dicarboxylic acids are used, they will typically contain 1 to about 4 substituents selected from halo, C6-C10 aryl, and C1-C4 alkoxy. Non-limiting examples of aromatic dicarboxylic acids which may be used in the AAPE of our invention are terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, salts of 5-sulfoisophthalic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. More preferably, the non-aromatic dicarboxylic acid will comprise adipic acid, the aromatic dicarboxylic acid will comprise terephthalic acid, and the diol will comprise 1,4-butanediol.
- Other possible compositions for the AAPE are those prepared from the following diols and dicarboxylic acids (or polyester-forming equivalents thereof such as diesters) in the following mole percentages, based on 100 mole percent of a diacid component and 100 mole percent of a diol component:
- (1) glutaric acid (about 30 to about 75 mole percent), terephthalic acid (about 25 to about 70 mole percent), 1,4-butanediol (about 90 to 100 mole percent), and modifying diol (0 about 10 mole percent);
- (2) succinic acid (about 30 to about 95 mole percent), terephthalic acid (about 5 to about 70 mole percent), 1,4-butanediol (about 90 to 100 mole percent), and modifying diol (0 to about 10 mole percent); and
- (3) adipic acid (about 30 to about 75 mole percent), terephthalic acid (about 25 to about 70 mole percent), 1,4-butanediol (about 90 to 100 mole percent), and modifying diol (0 to about 10 mole percent).
- The modifying diol preferably is selected from 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and neopentyl glycol. The most preferred AAPEs are linear, branched, or chain extended copolyesters comprising about 50 to about 60 mole percent adipic acid residues, about 40 to about 50 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and at least 95 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues. Even more preferably, the adipic acid residues comprise about 55 to about 60 mole percent, the terephthalic acid residues comprise about 40 to about 45 mole percent, and the diol residues comprise about 95 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues. Such compositions are commercially available under the trademark EASTAR BIO® copolyester from Eastman Chemical Company, Kingsport, Tenn., and under the trademark ECOFLEX® from BASF Corporation.
- Additional, specific examples of preferred AAPEs include a poly(tetra-methylene glutarate-co-terephthalate) containing (a) 50 mole percent glutaric acid residues, 50 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues, (b) 60 mole percent glutaric acid residues, 40 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent-1,4-butanediol residues, or (c) 40 mole percent glutaric acid residues, 60 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues; a poly(tetramethylene succinate-co-terephthalate) containing (a) 85 mole percent succinic acid residues, 15 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues or (b) 70 mole percent succinic acid residues, 30 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues; a poly(ethylene succinate-co-terephthalate) containing 70 mole percent succinic acid residues, 30 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent ethylene glycol residues; and a poly(tetramethylene adipate-co-terephthalate) containing (a) 85 mole percent adipic acid residues, 15 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues; or (b) 55 mole percent adipic acid residues, 45 mole percent terephthalic acid residues, and 100 mole percent 1,4-butanediol residues.
- The AAPE preferably comprises from about 10 to about 1,000 repeating units and preferably, from about 15 to about 600 repeating units. The AAPE may have an inherent viscosity of about 0.4 to about 2.0 dL/g, or more preferably about 0.7 to about 1.6 dL/g, as measured at a temperature of 25° C. using a concentration of 0.5 g copolyester in 100 ml of a 60/40 by weight solution of phenol/tetrachloroethane.
- The AAPE, optionally, may contain the residues of a branching agent. The mole percent ranges for the branching agent are from about 0 to about 2 mole percent, preferably about 0.1 to about 1 mole percent, and most preferably about 0.1 to about 0.5 mole percent based on the total moles of diacid or diol residues (depending on whether the branching agent contains carboxyl or hydroxyl groups). The branching agent preferably has a weight average molecular weight of about 50 to about 5,000, more preferably about 92 to about 3,000, and a functionality of about 3 to about 6. The branching agent, for example, may be the esterified residue of a polyol having 3 to 6 hydroxyl groups, a polycarboxylic acid having 3 or 4 carboxyl groups (or ester-forming equivalent groups), or a hydroxy acid having a total of 3 to 6 hydroxyl and carboxyl groups. In addition, the AAPE may be branched by the addition of a peroxide during reactive extrusion.
- The water non-dispersible component of the multicomponent fiber may comprise any of those water non-dispersible synthetic polymers described previously. Spinning of the fiber may also occur according to any method described herein. However, the improved rheological properties of the multicomponent fibers in accordance with this aspect of the invention provide for enhanced drawings speeds. When the sulfopolyester and water non-dispersible synthetic polymer are extruded to produce multicomponent extrudates, the multicomponent extrudate is capable of being melt drawn to produce the multicomponent fiber, using any of the methods disclosed herein, at a speed of at least about 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, or 4,500 m/min. Although not intending to be bound by theory, melt drawing of the multicomponent extrudates at these speeds results in at least some oriented crystallinity in the water non-dispersible component of the multicomponent fiber. This oriented crystallinity can increase the dimensional stability of nonwoven materials made from the multicomponent fibers during subsequent processing.
- Another advantage of the multicomponent extrudate is that it can be melt drawn to a multicomponent fiber having an as-spun denier of less than 15, 10, 5, or 2.5 deniers per filament.
- Therefore, in another embodiment of the invention, a multicomponent extrudate having a shaped cross section, comprising:
- (a) at least one water dispersible sulfopolyester; and (b) a plurality of domains comprising one or more water non-dispersible synthetic polymers immiscible with the sulfopolyester, wherein the domains are substantially isolated from each other by the sulfopolyester intervening between the domains, wherein the extrudate is capable of being melt drawn at a speed of at least about 2000 m/min.
- Optionally, the drawn fibers may be textured and wound-up to form a bulky continuous filament. This one-step technique is known in the art as spin-draw-texturing. Other embodiments include flat filament (non-textured) yarns, or cut staple fiber, either crimped or uncrimped.
- This invention can be further illustrated by the following examples of embodiments thereof, although it will be understood that these examples are included merely for the purposes of illustration and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention unless otherwise specifically indicated.
- A sulfopolyester polymer was prepared with the following diacid and diol composition: diacid composition (71 mole percent terephthalic acid, 20 mole percent isophthalic acid, and 9 mole percent 5-(sodiosulfo) isophthalic acid) and diol composition (60 mole percent ethylene glycol and 40 mole percent diethylene glycol). The sulfopolyester was prepared by high temperature polyesterification under a vacuum. The esterification conditions were controlled to produce a sulfopolyester having an inherent viscosity of about 0.31. The melt viscosity of this sulfopolyester was measured to be in the range of about 3,000 to 4,000 poise at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec shear rate.
- The sulfopolyester polymer of Example 1 was spun into bicomponent segmented pie fibers and formed into a nonwoven web according to the procedure described in Example 9 of U.S. 2008/0311815, herein incorporated by reference. During the process, the primary extruder (A) fed Eastman F61HC PET polyester melt to form the larger segment slices into the segmented pie structure. The extrusion zones were set to melt the PET entering the spinnerette die at a temperature of 285° C. The secondary extruder (B) processed the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 1, which was fed at a melt temperature of 255° C. into the spinnerette die. The melt throughput rate per hole was 0.6 gm/min. The volume ratio of PET to sulfopolyester in the bicomponent extrudates was set at 70/30, which represents the weight ratio of about 70/30. The cross-section of the bicomponent extrudates had wedge shaped domains of PET with sulfopolyester polymer separating these domains.
- The bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn using the same aspirator assembly used in Comparative Example 8 of U.S. 2008/0311815, herein incorporated by reference. The maximum available pressure of the air to the aspirator without breaking the bicomponent fibers during drawing was 45 psi. Using 45 psi air, the bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn down to bicomponent fibers with as-spun denier of about 1.2 with the bicomponent fibers exhibiting a diameter of about 11 to 12 microns when viewed under a microscope. The speed during the melt drawing process was calculated to be about 4,500 m/min.
- The bicomponent fibers were laid down into nonwoven webs having weights of 140 gsm and 110 gsm. The shrinkage of the webs was measured by conditioning the material in a forced-air oven for five minutes at 120° C. The area of the nonwoven webs after shrinkage was about 29 percent of the webs' starting areas.
- Microscopic examination of the cross section of the melt drawn fibers and fibers taken from the nonwoven web displayed a very good segmented pie structure where the individual segments were clearly defined and exhibited similar size and shape. The PET segments were completely separated from each other so that they would form eight separate PET monocomponent fibers having a pie-slice shape after removal of the sulfopolyester from the bicomponent fiber.
- The nonwoven web, having a 110 gsm fabric weight, was soaked for eight minutes in a static deionized water bath at various temperatures. The soaked nonwoven web was dried and the percent weight loss due to soaking in deionized water at the various temperatures was measured as shown in Table 2.
-
TABLE 2 Soaking 36° C. 41° C. 46° C. 51° C. 56° C. 72° C. Temperature Nonwoven Web 1.1 2.2 14.4 25.9 28.5 30.5 Weight Loss - The sulfopolyester polymer dissipated very readily into deionized water at temperatures above about 46° C., with the removal of the sulfopolyester polymer from the fibers being very extensive or complete at temperatures above 51° C. as shown by the weight loss. A weight loss of about 30 percent represented complete removal of the sulfopolyester from the bicomponent fibers in the nonwoven web. If hydroentanglement is used to process this nonwoven web of bicomponent fibers comprising this sulfopolyester, it would be expected that the polymer would not be extensively removed by the hydroentangling water jets at water temperatures below 40° C.
- The nonwoven webs of Example 2 having basis weights of both 140 gsm and 110 gsm were hydroentangled using a hydroentangling apparatus manufactured by Fleissner, GmbH, Egelsbach, Germany. The machine had five total hydroentangling stations wherein three sets of jets contacted the top side of the nonwoven web and two sets of jets contacted the opposite side of the nonwoven web. The water jets comprised a series of fine orifices about 100 microns in diameter machined in two-feet wide jet strips. The water pressure to the jets was set at 60 bar (Jet Strip #1), 190 bar (Jet Strips #2 and 3), and 230 bar (Jet Strips #4 and 5). During the hydroentanglement process, the temperature of the water to the jets was found to be in the range of about 40 to 45° C. The nonwoven fabric exiting the hydroentangling unit was strongly tied together. The continuous fibers were knotted together to produce a hydroentangled nonwoven fabric with high resistance to tearing when stretched in both directions.
- Next, the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric was fastened onto a tenter frame comprising a rigid rectangular frame with a series of pins around the periphery thereof. The fabric was fastened to the pins to restrain the fabric from shrinking as it was heated. The frame with the fabric sample was placed in a forced-air oven for three minutes at 130° C. to cause the fabric to heat set while being restrained. After heat setting, the conditioned fabric was cut into a sample specimen of measured size and the specimen was conditioned at 130° C. without restraint by a tenter frame. The dimensions of the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric after this conditioning were measured and only minimal shrinkage (<0.5 percent reduction in dimension) was observed. It was apparent that heat setting of the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric was sufficient to produce a dimensionally stable nonwoven fabric.
- The hydroentangled nonwoven fabric, after being heat set as described above, was washed in 90° C. deionized water to remove the sulfopolyester polymer and leave the PET monocomponent fiber segments remaining in the hydroentangled fabric.
- After repeated washings, the dried fabric exhibited a weight loss of approximately 26 percent. Washing the nonwoven web before hydroentangling demonstrated a weight loss of 31.3 percent. Therefore, the hydroentangling process removed some of the sulfopolyester from the nonwoven web, but this amount was relatively small. In order to lessen the amount of sulfopolyester removed during hydroentanglement, the water temperature of the hydroentanglement jets should be lowered to below 40° C.
- The sulfopolyester of Example 1 was found to produce segmented pie fibers having good segment distribution wherein the water non-dispersable polymer segments formed individual fibers of similar size and shape after removal of the sulfopolyester polymer. The rheology of the sulfopolyester was suitable to allow the bicomponent extrudates to be melt drawn at high rates to achieve fine denier bicomponent fibers with as-spun denier as low as about 1.0. These bicomponent fibers are capable of being laid down into a nonwoven web, which could be hydroentangled without experiencing significant loss of sulfopolyester polymer to produce the nonwoven fabric. The nonwoven fabric produced by hydroentangling the nonwoven web exhibited high strength and could be heat set at temperatures of about 120° C. or higher to produce a nonwoven fabric with excellent dimensional stability. The sulfopolyester polymer was removed from the hydroentangled nonwoven fabric in a washing step. This resulted in a strong nonwoven fabric product with a lighter fabric weight, greater flexibility, and softer hand. The PET microfibers in this nonwoven fabric product were wedge shaped and exhibited an average denier of about 0.1.
- A sulfopolyester polymer was prepared with the following diacid and diol composition: diacid composition (69 mole percent terephthalic acid, 22.5 mole percent isophthalic 25 acid, and 8.5 mole percent 5-(sodiosulfo) isophthalic acid) and diol composition (65 mole percent ethylene glycol and 35 mole percent diethylene glycol). The sulfopolyester was prepared by high temperature polyesterification under a vacuum. The esterification conditions were controlled to produce a sulfopolyester having an inherent viscosity of about 0.33. The melt viscosity of this sulfopolyester was measured to be in the range of about 6000 to 7000 poise at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec shear rate.
- The sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent fibers having an islands-in-sea cross-section configuration with 16 islands on a spunbond line. The primary extruder (A) fed Eastman F61HC PET polyester melt to form the islands in the islands-in-sea structure. The extrusion zones were set to melt the PET entering the spinnerette die at a temperature of about 290° C. The secondary extruder (B) processed the sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4, which was fed at a melt temperature of about 260° C. into the spinnerette die. The volume ratio of PET to sulfopolyester in the bicomponent extrudates was set at 70/30, which represents the weight ratio of about 70/30. The melt throughput rate through the spinneret was 0.6 g/hole/minute. The cross-section of the bicomponent extrudates had round shaped island domains of PET with sulfopolyester polymer separating these domains.
- The bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn using an aspirator assembly. The maximum available pressure of air to the aspirator without breaking the bicomponent fibers during melt drawing was 50 psi. Using 50 psi air, the bicomponent extrudates were melt drawn down to bicomponent fibers with an as-spun denier of about 1.4 with the bicomponent fibers exhibiting a diameter of about 12 microns when viewed under a microscope. The speed during the drawing process was calculated to be about 3,900 m/min.
- The sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 64 islands fibers using a bicomponent extrusion line. The primary extruder (A) fed Eastman F61HC PET polyester melt to form the islands in the islands-in-the-sea fiber cross-section structure. The secondary extruder (B) fed the sulfopolyester polymer melt to form the sea in the islands-in-sea bicomponent fiber.
- The inherent viscosity of polyester was 0.61 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry sulfopolyester was about 7,000 poise measured at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec strain rate using the melt viscosity measurement procedure described earlier. These islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were made using a spinneret with 198 holes and a throughput rate of 0.85 gms/minute/hole. The polymer ratio between “islands” polyester and “sea” sulfopolyester was 65 percent to 35 percent. These bicomponent fibers were spun using an extrusion temperature of 280° C. for the polyester component and 260° C. for the sulfopolyester component. The bicomponent fiber contains a multiplicity of filaments (198 filaments) and was melt spun at a speed of about 530 meters/minute, forming filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 14. A finish solution of 24 weight percent PT 769 finish from Goulston Technologies was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator. The filaments of the bicomponent fiber were then drawn in line using a set of two godet rolls, heated to 90° C. and 130° C. respectively, and the final draw roll operating at a speed of about 1,750 meters/minute, to provide a filament draw ratio of about 3.3× forming the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 4.5 or an average diameter of about 25 microns. These filaments comprised the polyester microfiber “islands” having an average diameter of about 2.5 microns.
- The drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6 were cut into short length fibers of 3.2 millimeters and 6.4 millimeters cut lengths, thereby producing short length bicomponent fibers with 64 islands-in-sea cross-section configurations. These short cut bicomponent fibers comprised “islands” of polyester and a “sea” of water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer. The cross-sectional distribution of islands and sea was essentially consistent along the length of these short cut bicomponent fibers.
- The drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6 were soaked in soft water for about 24 hours and then cut into short length fibers of 3.2 millimeters and 6.4 millimeters cut lengths. The water dispersible sulfopolyester was at least partially emulsified prior to cutting into short length fibers. Partial separation of islands from the sea component was therefore effected, thereby producing partially emulsified short length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers.
- The short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 8 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers. The washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component. The optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers showed an average diameter of about 2.5 microns and lengths of 3.2 and 6.4 millimeters.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 7.5 gms of Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft (SBSK) from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn., U.S.A., and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a pulped mixture. This pulped mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 grams of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) pulp slurry. This pulp slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. Procedure to make the hand sheet from this pulp slurry was as follows. The pulp slurry was poured into a 25 centimeters×30 centimeters hand sheet mold while continuing to stir. The drop valve was pulled, and the pulp fibers were allowed to drain on a screen to form a hand sheet. 750 grams per square meter (gsm) blotter paper was placed on top of the formed hand sheet, and the blotter paper was flattened onto the hand sheet. The screen frame was raised and inverted onto a clean release paper and allowed to sit for 10 minutes. The screen was raised vertically away from the formed hand sheet. Two sheets of 750 gsm blotter paper were placed on top of the formed hand sheet. The hand sheet was dried along with the three blotter papers using a Norwood Dryer at about 88° C. for 15 minutes. One blotter paper was removed leaving one blotter paper on each side of the hand sheet. The hand sheet was dried using a Williams Dryer at 65° C. for 15 minutes. The hand sheet was then further dried for 12 to 24 hours using a 40 kg dry press. The blotter paper was removed to obtain the dry hand sheet sample. The hand sheet was trimmed to 21.6 centimeters by 27.9 centimeters dimensions for testing.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 7.5 gms of Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft (SBSK) from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn., U.S.A., 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a pulped mixture. This pulped mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a pulp slurry. This pulp slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this pulp slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 6.0 gms of Albacel Southern Bleached Softwood Kraft (SBSK) from International Paper, Memphis, Tenn., U.S.A., 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, 1.5 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 7 and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a fiber mix slurry. This fiber mix slurry was heated to 82° C. for 10 seconds to emulsify and remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester component in the islands-in-sea fibers and release the polyester microfibers. The fiber mix slurry was then strained to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion comprising the sulfopolyester and a microfiber-containing mixture comprising pulp fibers and polyester microfiber. The microfiber-containing mixture was further rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester from the microfiber-containing mixture. This microfiber-containing mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber-containing slurry. This microfiber-containing slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber-containing slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 7.5 gms of MicroStrand 475-106 micro glass fiber available from Johns Manville, Denver, Colo., U.S.A., 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a glass fiber mixture. This glass fiber mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a glass fiber slurry. This glass fiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this glass fiber slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 3.8 gms of MicroStrand 475-106 micro glass fiber available from Johns Manville, Denver, Colo., U.S.A., 3.8 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 7, 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a fiber mix slurry. This fiber mix slurry was heated to 82° C. for 10 seconds to emulsify and remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester component in the islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers and release polyester microfibers. The fiber mix slurry was then strained to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion comprising the sulfopolyester and a microfiber-containing mixture comprising glass microfibers and polyester microfiber. The microfiber-containing mixture was further rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the sulfopolyester from the microfiber-containing mixture. This microfiber-containing mixture was transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber-containing slurry. This microfiber-containing slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber-containing slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 7.5 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 7, 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm to produce a fiber mix slurry. This fiber mix slurry was heated to 82° C. for 10 seconds to emulsify and remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester component in the islands-in-sea fibers and release polyester microfibers. The fiber mix slurry was then strained to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion and polyester microfibers. The sulfopolyester dispersion was comprised of water dispersible sulfopolyester. The polyester microfibers were rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the sulfopolyester from the polyester microfibers. These polyester microfibers were transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber slurry. This microfiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10.
- The hand sheet samples of Examples 10-15 were tested and properties are provided in Table 3.
-
TABLE 3 Hand Porosity Basis Sheet Greiner Tensile Elongation Example Weight Thickness Density (seconds/ Strength to Break Tensile × Number Composition (gsm) (mm) (gm/cc) 100 cc) (kg/15 mm) (%) Elongation 10 100% SBSK 94 0.45 0.22 4 1.0 7 7 11 SBSK + 4% Starch 113 0.44 0.22 4 1.5 7 11 12 80SBSK + 116 0.30 0.33 4 2.2 9 20 Starch + 20% 3.2 mm polyester microfibers of Example 9 13 100% Glass 103 0.68 0.15 4 0.2 15 3 MicroStrand 475-106 + Starch 14 50% Glass 104 0.45 0.22 4 1.4 7 10 Microstand 475-106 + 50% 3.2 mm polyester microfibers of Example 9 + Starch 15 100% 3.2 mm 80 0.38 0.26 4 3.0 15 44 polyester microfibers of Example 9 - The hand sheet basis weight was determined by weighing the hand sheet and calculating weight in grams per square meter (gsm). Hand sheet thickness was measured using an Ono Sokki EG-233 thickness gauge and reported as thickness in millimeters. Density was calculated as weight in grams per cubic centimeter. Porosity was measured using a Greiner Porosity Manometer with 1.9×1.9 cm2 opening head and 100 cc capacity. Porosity is reported as average time in seconds (4 replicates) for 100 cc of water to pass through the sample. Tensile properties were measured using an Instron Model TM for six 30 mm×105 mm test strips. An average of six measurements is reported for each example. It can be observed from these test results that significant improvement in tensile properties of wet-laid fibrous structures is obtained by the addition of polyester microfibers of the current invention.
- The sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 37 islands using a bicomponent extrusion line. The primary extruder (A) fed Eastman F61HC PET polyester to form the “islands” in the islands-in-the-sea cross-section structure. The secondary extruder (B) fed the water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer to form the “sea.” The inherent viscosity of the polyester was 0.61 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry sulfopolyester was about 7,000 poise measured at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec strain rate using the melt viscosity measurement procedure described previously. These islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were made using a spinneret with 72 holes and a throughput rate of 1.15 gms/minute/hole. The polymer ratio between “islands” polyester and “sea” sulfopolyester was 2 to 1. These bicomponent fibers were spun using an extrusion temperature of 280° C. for the polyester component and 255° C. for the water dispersible sulfopolyester component. This bicomponent fiber contained a multiplicity of filaments (198 filaments) and was melt spun at a speed of about 530 meters/minute forming filaments with a nominal denier per filament of 19.5. A finish solution of 24 percent by weight PT 769 finish from Goulston Technologies was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator. The filaments of the bicomponent fiber were then drawn in line using a set of two godet rolls, heated to 95° C. and 130° C., respectively, and the final draw roll operating at a speed of about 1,750 meters/minute, to provide a filament draw ratio of about 3.3× forming the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 5.9 or an average diameter of about 29 microns. These filaments comprising the polyester microfiber islands had an average diameter of about 3.9 microns.
- The drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 16 were cut into short length bicomponent fibers of 3.2 millimeters and 6.4 millimeters cut length, thereby, producing short length fibers with 37 islands-in-sea cross-section configurations. These fibers comprised “islands” of polyester and a “sea” of water dispersible sulfopolyester polymers. The cross-sectional distribution of “islands” and “sea” was essentially consistent along the length of these bicomponent fibers.
- The short cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 17 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers. The washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component. The optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers had an average diameter of about 3.9 microns and lengths of 3.2 and 6.4 millimeters.
- The sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 37 islands using a bicomponent extrusion line. The primary extruder (A) fed polyester to form the “islands” in the islands-in-the-sea fiber cross-section structure. The secondary extruder (B) fed the water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer to form the “sea” in the islands-in-sea bicomponent fiber. The inherent viscosity of the polyester was 0.52 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry water dispersible sulfopolyester was about 3,500 poise measured at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec strain rate using the melt viscosity measurement procedure described previously. These islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were made using two spinnerets with 175 holes each and a throughput rate of 1.0 gms/minute/hole. The polymer ratio between the “islands” polyester and “sea” sulfopolyester was 70 percent to 30 percent. These bicomponent fibers were spun using an extrusion temperature of 280° C. for the polyester component and 255° C. for the sulfopolyester component. The bicomponent fibers contained a multiplicity of filaments (350 filaments) and were melt spun at a speed of about 1,000 meters/minute using a take-up roll heated to 100° C. forming filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 9 and an average fiber diameter of about 36 microns. A finish solution of 24 weight percent PT 769 finish was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator. The filaments of the bicomponent fiber were combined and were then drawn 3.0× on a draw line at draw roll speed of 100 m/minute and temperature of 38° C. forming drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent filaments with an average denier per filament of about 3 and average diameter of about 20 microns. These drawn island-in-sea bicomponent fibers were cut into short length fibers of about 6.4 millimeters length. These short length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were comprised of polyester microfiber “islands” having an average diameter of about 2.8 microns.
- The short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 19 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” of the fibers. The washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component. The optical microscopic observation of washed fibers showed polyester microfibers of average diameter of about 2.8 microns and lengths of about 6.4 millimeters.
- Wet-laid microfiber stock hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 56.3 gms of 3.2 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6, 2.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 1,410 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 2 liter beaker to produce a fiber slurry. The fiber slurry was stirred. One quarter amount of this fiber slurry, about 352 ml, was placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm. This fiber slurry was heated to 82° C. for 10 seconds to emulsify and remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester component in the islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers and release the polyester microfibers. The fiber slurry was then strained to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion and polyester microfibers. These polyester microfibers were rinsed using 500 gms of room temperature water to further remove the sulfopolyester from the polyester microfibers. Sufficient room temperature water was added to produce 352 ml of microfiber slurry. This microfiber slurry was re-pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm. These microfibers were transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker. The remaining three quarters of the fiber slurry were similarly pulped, washed, rinsed, re-pulped, and transferred to the 8 liter metal beaker. 6,090 gms of room temperature water was then added to make about 0.49 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 36.6 gms of polyester microfibers) to produce a microfiber slurry. This microfiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this microfiber slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10. The microfiber stock hand sheet with the basis weight of about 490 gsm was comprised of polyester microfibers of average diameter of about 2.5 microns and average length of about 3.2 millimeters.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 7.5 gms of polyester microfiber stock hand sheet of Example 21, 0.3 gms of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, and 188 gms of room temperature water were placed in a 1,000 ml pulper and pulped for 30 seconds at 7,000 rpm. The microfibers were transferred into an 8 liter metal beaker along with 7,312 gms of room temperature water to make about 0.1 percent consistency (7,500 gms water and 7.5 gms fibrous material) to produce a microfiber slurry. This microfiber slurry was agitated using a high speed impeller mixer for 60 seconds. The rest of procedure for making hand sheet from this slurry was same as in Comparative Example 10. A 100 gsm wet-laid hand sheet of polyester microfibers was obtained having an average diameter of about 2.5 microns.
- The 6.4 millimeter cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 19 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers. The washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component. The optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers showed an average diameter of about 2.5 microns and lengths of 6.4 millimeters.
- The short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6, Example 16, and Example 19 were washed separately using soft water at 80° C. containing about 1 percent by weight based on the weight of the bicomponent fibers of ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid tetra sodium salt (Na4 EDTA) from Sigma-Aldrich Company, Atlanta, Ga., to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” of the bicomponent fibers. The addition of at least one water softener, such as Na4 EDTA, aids in the removal of the water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer from the islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers. The washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component. The optical microscopic observation of washed polyester microfibers showed excellent release and separation of polyester microfibers. Use of a water softening agent such as Na4 EDTA in the water prevents any Ca++ ion exchange on the sulfopolyester, which can adversely affect the water dispersiblity of sulfopolyester. Typical soft water may contain up to 15 ppm of Ca++ ion concentration. It is desirable that the soft water used in the processes described here should have essentially zero concentration of Ca++ and other multi-valent ions, or alternately, use sufficient amount of water softening agent, such as Na4 EDTA, to bind the Ca++ ions and other multi-valent ions. These polyester microfibers can be used in preparing the wet-laid sheets using the procedures of examples disclosed previously.
- The short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 6 and Example 16 were processed separately using the following procedure: 17 grams of Solivitose N pre-gelatinized quaternary cationic potato starch from Avebe, Foxhol, the Netherlands, were added to distilled water. After the starch was fully dissolved or hydrolyzed, then 429 grams of short cut length islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were slowly added to the distilled water to produce a fiber slurry. A Williams Rotary Continuous Feed Refiner (5 inch diameter) was turned on to refine or mix the fiber slurry in order to provide sufficient shearing action for the water dispersible sulfopolyester to be separated from the polyester microfibers. The contents of the stock chest were poured into a 24 liter stainless steel container and the lid was secured. The stainless steel container was placed on a propane cooker and heated until the fiber slurry began to boil at about 97° C. in order to remove the sulfopolyester component in the island-in-sea fibers and release polyester microfibers. After the fiber slurry reached boiling, it was agitated with a manual agitating paddle. The contents of the stainless steel container were poured into a 27 in×15 in×6 in deep False Bottom Knuche with a 30 mesh screen to produce a sulfopolyester dispersion and polyester microfibers. The sulfopolyester dispersion comprised water and water dispersible sulfopolyester. The polyester microfibers were rinsed in the Knuche for 15 seconds with 10 liters of soft water at 17° C., and squeezed to remove excess water.
- After removing excess water, 20 grams of polyester microfiber (dry fiber basis) was added to 2,000 ml of water at 70° C. and agitated using a 2 liter 3000 rpm ¾ horse power hydropulper manufactured by Hermann Manufacturing Company for 3 minutes (9,000 revolutions) to make a microfiber slurry of 1 percent consistency. Handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Comparative Example 10.
- The optical and scanning electron microscopic observation of these handsheets showed excellent separation and formation of polyester microfibers.
- The sulfopolyester polymer of Example 4 was spun into bicomponent islands-in-the-sea cross-section fibers with 37 islands using a bicomponent extrusion line. The primary extruder (A) fed Eastman F61HC PET polyester to form the “islands” in the islands-in-the-sea cross-section structure. The secondary extruder (B) fed the water dispersible sulfopolyester polymer to form the “sea” in the islands-in-sea bicomponent fiber. The inherent viscosity of the polyester was 0.61 dL/g while the melt viscosity of the dry sulfopolyester was about 7,000 poise measured at 240° C. and 1 rad/sec strain rate using the melt viscosity measurement procedure described previously. These islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers were made using a spinneret with 72 holes. The polymer ratio between “islands” polyester and “sea” sulfopolyester was 2.33 to 1.
- These bicomponent fibers were spun using an extrusion temperature of 280° C. for the polyester component and 255° C. for the water dispersible sulfopolyester component. This bicomponent fiber contained a multiplicity of filaments (198 filaments) and was melt spun at a speed of about 530 meters/minute, forming filaments with a nominal denier per filament of 19.5. A finish solution of 18 percent by weight PT 769 finish from Goulston Technologies was applied to the bicomponent fiber using a kiss roll applicator. The filaments of the bicomponent fiber were then drawn in line using a set of two godet rolls, heated to 95° C. and 130° C., respectively, and the final draw roll operating at a speed of about 1,750 meters/minute to provide a filament draw ratio of about 3.3×, thus forming the drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent filaments with a nominal denier per filament of about 3.2. These filaments comprised the polyester microfiber islands having an average diameter of about 2.2 microns.
- The drawn islands-in-sea bicomponent fibers of Example 26 were cut into short length bicomponent fibers of 1.5 millimeters cut length, thereby producing short length fibers with 37 islands-in-sea cross-section configurations. These fibers comprised “islands” of polyester and a “sea” of water dispersible sulfopolyester polymers. The cross-sectional distribution of “islands” and “sea” was essentially consistent along the length of these bicomponent fibers.
- The short cut length islands-in-sea fibers of Example 27 were washed using soft water at 80° C. to remove the water dispersible sulfopolyester “sea” component, thereby releasing the polyester microfibers which were the “islands” component of the bicomponent fibers. The washed polyester microfibers were rinsed using soft water at 25° C. to essentially remove most of the “sea” component. The optical microscopic observation of the washed polyester microfibers had an average diameter of about 2.2 microns and a length of 1.5 millimeters.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. Two grams total of a mixture of MicroStrand 475-106 glass fiber and the polyester microfiber of Example 28 were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes in order to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. The pulp slurry was poured into a 25 centimeters×30 centimeters hand sheet mold while continuing to stir. The drop valve was pulled, and the pulp fibers were allowed to drain on a screen to form a hand sheet. 750 grams per square meter (gsm) blotter paper was placed on top of the formed hand sheet, and the blotter paper was flattened onto the hand sheet. The screen frame was raised and inverted onto a clean release paper and allowed to sit for 10 minutes. The screen was raised vertically away from the formed hand sheet. Two sheets of 750 gsm blotter paper were placed on top of the formed hand sheet. The hand sheet was dried along with the three blotter papers using a Norwood Dryer at about 88° C. for 15 minutes. One blotter paper was removed leaving one blotter paper on each side of the hand sheet. The hand sheet was dried using a Williams Dryer at 65° C. for 15 minutes. The hand sheet was then further dried for 12 to 24 hours using a 40 kg dry press. The blotter paper was removed to obtain the dry hand sheet sample. The hand sheet was trimmed to 21.6 centimeters by 27.9 centimeters dimensions for testing. Table 3 describes the physical characteristics of the resulting wet-laid nonwoven media. Coresta porosity and average pore size when reported in these examples were determined using a QuantaChrome Porometer 3G Micro obtained from QuantaChrome Instruments located in Boynton Beach, Fla.
-
TABLE 4 wt % Tensile Pressure synthetic wt % glass strength Coresta drop Average pore Filtration Sample 1 microfiber 2 microfiber 3 (kg/15 mm) porosity (mm H2O) size (microns) efficiency 1 100 0 0.88 388 8 7.4 71.0% 2 60 40 0.77 288 32 5.0 99.97% 3 40 60 0.71 176 44 3.8 99.999% 4 0 100 0.58 132 55 3.2 99.999% 1 80 gram per square meter 2 2.2 micron in diameter, 1.5 mm in length synthetic microfibers of Example 28 3 Johns-Manville Microstrand 106X (0.65 micron BET average diameter) - Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 1.2 grams of MicroStrand 475-106 glass fiber and 0.8 grams of the polyester microfiber of Example 28 (dry fiber basis) were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. Handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Comparative Example 10. The resulting handsheets were evaluated for filtration efficiency by exposing the substrate to an aerosol of sodium chloride particles (number average diameter 0.075 micron, mass average diameter 0.26 micron). A filtration efficiency of 99.999 percent was measured. This data indicates that ULPA filtration efficiency can be obtained by utilizing the polymeric microfibers of the invention.
- Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 1.2 grams of MicroStrand 475-106 glass fiber and 0.8 grams of MicroStrand 475-110× glass fiber (both available from Johns Manville, Denver, Colo., USA) were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes to make a glass microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. Handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Example 29.
- The wet-laid handsheets of Samples 2 and 3 from Example 29 and Comparative Example 31 were subjected to a calendaring process which involved passing the handsheets between two stainless steel rolls with a nip pressure of 300 pounds per linear inch. Due to the fragile nature of its 100 percent glass composition, the handsheets of Comparative Example 31 were destroyed in the calendaring process with the remaining sheet fragments turning essentially to glass powder with even minimal physical handling. The glass/polyester microfiber blends of Samples 2 and 3 from Example 29, when calendared, yielded very uniform nonwoven sheets with significant mechanical integrity and flexibility. It was observed that the calendared nonwoven sheet of Sample 2 of Example 29 was somewhat stronger than the calendared nonwoven sheet of Sample 3 of Example 29. These data suggests that very durable, high efficiency filtration media can be enabled by the polymeric microfibers of the invention.
- Handsheets of Sample 1 of Example 29 were mechanically densified by subjecting them to different pressures via a calendaring process. The effect of this densification is demonstrated below in Table 5 and clearly indicates that significant improvements to pore size and porosity can be made when the wet-laid substrates are calendared, which is a design feature which Example 32 indicates cannot be accomplished with media comprised of 100 percent glass fibers.
-
TABLE 5 Calendar Pressure Average pore Coresta Sample (psig) size (microns) porosity 1 0 9.3 —2 2 100 7.6 —2 3 200 7.3 —2 4 400 4.5 268 5 500 3.9 176 HEPA1 — 3.9 255 1commercial HEPA filtration media 2could not be measured as samples did not fit test unit - Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure: 0.4 grams of 3 denier per filament PET fibers cut to 12.7 millimeters and 1.6 grams of the polyester microfiber of Example 28 (dry fiber basis) were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. Handsheets were made using the procedure described previously in Comparative Example 10. A series of polymeric binders (as described in the table below) were applied to these handsheets at a rate of 7 percent binder based on the dry weight of nonwoven sheet. The binder-containing nonwoven sheets were dried in a forced air oven at 63° C. for 7 to 12 minutes and then heat-set at 120° C. for 3 minutes. The final basis weight of the binder-containing nonwoven sheets was 90 g/m2. The data indicates the significant strength benefits to be obtained by combining a polymeric binder with the polymeric microfibers of the invention.
-
TABLE 6 Dry Wet Tensile Tensile Tear Hercules Sam- Polymer (kg/ (kg/ Force3 Burst4 Size5 ple Binder 15 mm) 15 mm) (grams) (psig) (seconds) A none 0.6 0.6 201 5 4 B Synthomer 1.3 0.8 411 47 2 71001 C Eastek 3.8 2.9 521 76 9 11002 D Eastek 3.5 3.2 516 82 150 12002 1Synthomer 7100 is a styrenic latex binder supplied by Synthomer GmbH, Frankfurt, Germany 2Eastek 1100 and Eastek 1200 are sulfopolyester binder dispersions supplied by Eastman Chemical Company, Kingsport, TN, USA 3as measured by INDA/EDANA test method WSP 100.1 5 4as measured by INDA/EDANA test method WSP 110.5 5as measured by TAPPI test method T 530 OM07 - Samples C and D of Example 34 were reproduced with the addition to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion of triethyl citrate (TEC) as a plasticizer. The amount of TEC added to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion was 7.5 and 15 weight percent plasticizer based on total weight of sulfopolyester.
-
TABLE 7 Dry Wet Tensile Tensile Tear Average Sam- Polymer (kg/ (kg/ Force3 Pore size ple Binder 15 mm) 15 mm) (grams) (microns) Porosity A Eastek 3.8 2.9 521 12 596 1100 B Eastek 2.7 2.5 641 6.4 660 1100 with 7.5% TEC C Eastek 2.3 2.6 546 8.8 664 1100 with 15% TEC D Eastek 3.5 3.2 516 10 480 1200 E Eastek 2.7 2.7 476 7.1 588 1200 with 7.5% TEC F Eastek 2.8 3.2 601 6.4 568 1200 with 15% TEC - Wet-laid handsheets were prepared as described for Sample D of Example 34 with the exception that the handsheets were not subjected to the heat-setting condition of 120° C. for three minutes.
- The handsheets of Example 35 and Sample D of Example 34 were subjected to the following test procedure in order to simulate a paper repulping process. Two liters of room temperature tap water were added to a 2 liter 3,000 rpm ¾ Hp hydropulper tri-rotor with 6 in diameter×10 in height brass pulper (manufactured by Hermann Manufacturing Company according to TAPPI 10 Standards). Two one-inch square samples of the nonwoven sheet to be tested were added to the water in the hydropulper. The squares were pulped for 500 revolutions at which time the hydropulper was stopped and the status of the squares of nonwoven sheet evaluated. If the squares were not completely disintegrated to their constituent fibers, the squares were pulped for an additional 500 revolutions, and re-evaluated. This process was continued until the squares had completely disintegrated to their constituent fibers at which time the test was concluded and the total number of revolutions was recorded. The nonwoven squares from Sample D of Example 34 had not completely disintegrated after 15,000 revolutions. The nonwoven squares of Example 34 were completely disintegrated to their constituent fibers after 5,000 revolutions. This data suggests that readily repulpable/recyclable nonwoven sheets can be prepared from the polymeric microfibers of the invention with the appropriate binder selection and heat treatment.
- The processes outlined in Examples 26-28 were modified by increasing the nominal denier of the bicomponent fiber of Example 26 such that the end result following the process steps of Examples 27 and 28 was a short-cut polyester microfiber with a diameter of 4.0 microns and a length of 1.5 mm. These short-cut microfibers were blended at varying ratios with the 2.2 micron diameter and 1.5 mm in length short cut microfibers described in Example 28. 80 gram per square meter handsheets were prepared from these microfiber blends as outlined in Example 29. The ability to predictably control both pore size and porosity of a wet-laid nonwoven by blending synthetic microfibers with different diameters is clearly demonstrated in the table below.
-
TABLE 8 Wt % 2.2 micron Average Pore Sample1 synthetic fiber2 Porosity Size (microns) 1 20 1548 6.5 2 40 1280 8.2 3 60 1080 8.6 4 80 760 10.3 5 100 488 10.8 180 gram per square meter handsheets with no binder 2synthetic microfibers of Example 28 - Following the procedure as outlined in Example 29, handsheets were prepared which comprised ternary mixtures of the synthetic polyester microfibers of Example 28, Lyocell nano-fibrillated cellulosic fibers, and T043 polyester fiber (a 7 micron diameter 5.0 mm in length PET fiber). The characteristics of these wet-laid nonwovens are described below.
-
TABLE 9 wt % Lyocell nano- wt % wt % fibrillated T043 Tensile synthetic cellulosic polyester strength Burst Sample1 microfiber fiber2 fiber3 (kg/15 mm) (psig) 1 40 60 0 15 2.0 2 40 55 5 15 2.6 3 40 40 20 38 3.1 180 gram per square meter, 7percentSynthomer 7100 binder supplied by Synthomer GmbH, Frankfurt, Germany 22.2 micron in diameter, 1.5 mm in length synthetic microfibers of Example 28 3Lenzing - Wet-laid hand sheets were prepared using the following procedure. 1.6 grams of the polyester microfiber of Example 28 and 0.4 grams of 3.0 dpf, ½ inch long PET staple fibers were added to 2,000 ml of water and agitated using a modified blender for 1 to 2 minutes in order to make a microfiber slurry of 0.1 percent consistency. The pulp slurry was poured into a 25 centimeters×30 centimeters hand sheet mold while continuing to stir. The drop valve was pulled, and the pulp fibers were allowed to drain on a screen to form a hand sheet. 750 grams per square meter (gsm) blotter paper was placed on top of the formed hand sheet, and the blotter paper was flattened onto the hand sheet. The screen frame was raised and inverted onto a clean release paper and allowed to sit for 10 minutes. The screen was raised vertically away from the formed hand sheet. Two sheets of 750 gsm blotter paper were placed on top of the formed hand sheet. The hand sheet was dried along with the three blotter papers using a Norwood Dryer at about 88° C. for 15 minutes. One blotter paper was removed leaving one blotter paper on each side of the hand sheet. The hand sheet was dried using a Williams Dryer at 65° C. for 15 minutes. The hand sheet was then further dried for 12 to 24 hours using a 40 kg dry press. The blotter paper was removed to obtain the dry hand sheet sample. The hand sheet was then trimmed for binder application.
- The binding material was then added as follows. A powder-coated steel coating board (with dried latex layer) having greater than 45-dyne surface energy was used. One side of the formed handsheet was coated with binding material, and then the other side was coated with binding material. Using a syringe, dilution water was added to the area on the steel coating board corresponding to the size of the handsheet. Dilution water in an amount sufficient to fully but not excessively wet the first side of the handsheet was added to the steel coating board. Using a syringe, binding material in an amount based on the dry weight desired was added to the dilution water on the steel coating board. The amount of binding material added is a function of the density of the sheet. A lower density non-woven sheet generally requires a greater percentage of binding material than a higher density non-woven sheet. The total amount of binding material to be added was split, and fifty percent of the amount was added to the dilution water for the first side.
- The dilution water and the binding material were then spread out to completely pool the correct-size area on the steel coating board. The handsheet was positioned over the correct size area and allowed to gently settle in the liquid to coat the first side. After 30-60 seconds of settling into the liquid, the handsheet was removed from the liquid.
- Using a syringe, dilution water in an amount sufficient to fully but not excessively wet the second side of the handsheet was added to the correct size area on the steel coating board. Using a syringe, the remaining fifty percent of the binding material was added to the dilution water for the second side on the steel coating board. The dilution water and the binding material were then spread out to completely pool the correct size area on the steel coating board. The handsheet was inverted, positioned over the correct size area and allowed to gently settle in the liquid to coat the second side. After 60-180 seconds of settling into the liquid, the handsheet was removed from the liquid. A 12 mm glass lab rod was used to roll the binding material into the handsheet interior, as needed.
- The coated handsheet was then placed on a sheet of foil-backed release paper on a tray. The coated handsheet, the foil-backed release paper and the tray were placed in a forced air oven at 145° F. for two minutes. The handsheet was then flipped and returned to the forced air oven at 145° F. The handsheet was then removed from the forced air oven, and a sheet of foil-backed release paper was placed on each side (i.e., the top and bottom) of the handsheet. The handsheet with a sheet of foil-backed release paper on each of the top and bottom was then placed in a Norwood handsheet dryer. The screen was locked and the handsheet with a sheet of foil-backed release paper on each of the top and bottom was dried at 250° F. for three minutes
- Utilizing the procedure outlined above, a series of aqueous dispersions of polymeric binders were applied handsheets comprised of the aforementioned 80/20 blend of synthetic polyester microfiber of Example 28 and 3 dpf, ½ inch PET fibers at a level to yield a 7% binder level (based on total weight of solid binder and fiber) in a 90 gram per square meter nonwoven. Both the polymeric binders and the characteristics of the nonwovens resulting from their application are described in Table 10 below.
-
TABLE 10 Tensile Strength Tear Avg. Polymeric (kg/15 mm) Strength Burst Pore Size Sample Binder Dry Wet (grams) (psig) (microns) Porosity 1 (comp.) none 0.6 0.6 201 5 7.8 552 2 Eastek 1100 1 3.8 2.9 521 76 12.0 596 3 Eastek 1200 1 3.5 3.2 516 82 10.0 480 4 Eastek 1400 1 2.1 1.9 429 74 10.3 544 5 (comp.) Synthomer 7100 2 1.3 0.8 411 47 7.3 476 1 sulfopolyester dispersions available from Eastman Chemical Company 2 ABS latex available from Dow Chemical Company - Samples 2 and 3 of Example 40 were reproduced with the addition to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion of triethyl citrate (TEC) as a plasticizer. The amount of TEC added to the sulfopolyester binder dispersion was 7.5 and 15 weight percent plasticizer based on total weight of sulfopolyester. The characteristics of the resulting nonwoven handsheets are described in Table 11.
-
TABLE 11 Dry Wet Tensile Tensile Tear Average Sam- Polymer (kg/ (kg/ Force3 Pore size ple Binder 15 mm) 15 mm) (grams) (microns) Porosity 1 Eastek 3.8 2.9 521 12 596 1100 2 Eastek 2.7 2.5 641 6.4 660 1100 with 7.5% TEC 3 Eastek 2.3 2.6 546 8.8 664 1100 with 15% TEC 4 Eastek 3.5 3.2 516 10 480 1200 5 Eastek 2.7 2.7 476 7.1 588 1200 with 7.5% TEC 6 Eastek 2.8 3.2 601 6.4 568 1200 with 15% TEC - Wet-laid handsheets were prepared as described for Sample 4 of Example 41 with the exception that the handsheets were not subjected to the heat-setting condition of 120° C. for three minutes.
- The handsheets of Example 42 and Sample 4 of Example 41 were subjected to the following test procedure in order to simulate a paper repulping process. Two liters of room temperature tap water were added to a 2 liter 3,000 rpm ¾ Hp hydropulper tri-rotor with 6 in diameter×10 in height brass pulper (manufactured by Hermann Manufacturing Company according to TAPPI 10 Standards). Two one-inch square samples of the nonwoven sheet to be tested were added to the water in the hydropulper. The squares were pulped for 500 revolutions at which time the hydropulper was stopped and the status of the squares of nonwoven sheet evaluated. If the squares were not completely disintegrated to their constituent fibers, the squares were pulped for an additional 500 revolutions, and re-evaluated. This process was continued until the squares had completely disintegrated to their constituent fibers at which time the test was concluded and the total number of revolutions was recorded. The nonwoven squares from Sample 4 of 41 had not completely disintegrated after 15,000 revolutions. The nonwoven squares of Example 42 were completely disintegrated to their constituent fibers after 5,000 revolutions. This data suggests that readily repulpable/recyclable nonwoven sheets can be prepared from the polymeric microfibers of the invention with the appropriate binder selection and heat treatment.
- Following the procedures outlined in Example 40, handsheets comprising 100% of the synthetic polyester microfiber of Example 28 were prepared and aqueous dispersions of polymer binders were applied to the handsheets at varying rates to yield final nonwoven articles with a basis weight of 80 grams per square meter. Both the polymeric binders and the characteristics of the nonwovens resulting from their application are described in Table 12 below.
-
TABLE 12 Tensile Avg. Polymeric Strength Tear Pore Binder (kg/15 mm) Strength Burst Size Sample and % Dry Wet (grams) (psig) (microns) Porosity 1 (comp.) none 0.1 0.2 50 2 6.9 574 2 Eastek 1100 - 7.5% 1 2.6 1.1 332 49 6.6 460 3 Eastek 1100 - 15.0% 1 3.4 2.2 225 54 7.0 489 4 Eastek 1100 - 22.5% 1 4.7 3.7 189 54 7.3 329 5 Eastek 1200 - 7.5% 1 2.0 1.4 288 37 6.3 576 6 Eastek 1200 - 15.0% 1 4.2 3.0 201 46 6.4 393 7 Eastek 1200 - 22.5% 1 4.6 5.0 175 42 10.0 357 8 (comp.) Synthomer 7100 - 7.5% 2 0.9 1.1 237 10 5.9 409 9 (comp.) Synthomer 7100 - 22.5% 2 1.2 1.8 315 51 6.2 353 10 (comp.) Lubrizol 26469 - 7.5% 3 0.8 0.5 226 10 7.3 500 11 (comp.) Lubrizol 26469 - 15.0% 3 1.0 0.5 338 17 6.8 471 12 (comp.) Lubrizol 26469 - 22.5% 3 1.4 0.7 333 25 6.8 412 1 sulfopolyester dispersions available from Eastman Chemical Company 2 ABS latex available from Dow Chemical Company 3 acrylic latex available from Lubrizol Corporation - The preferred forms of the invention described above are to be used as illustration only, and should not be used in a limiting sense to interpret the scope of the present invention. Modifications to the exemplary embodiments, set forth above, could be readily made by those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
- The inventors hereby state their intent to rely on the Doctrine of Equivalents to determine and assess the reasonably fair scope of the present invention as it pertains to any apparatus not materially departing from but outside the literal scope of the invention as set forth in the following claims.
Claims (20)
1. A nonwoven article comprising a plurality of thermoplastic polycondensate fibers and a sulfopolyester binder, wherein said thermoplastic polycondensate fibers make up at least 10 weight percent of the total fiber content of said nonwoven article, wherein said sulfopolyester binder makes up at least 1 weight percent and not more than 40 weight percent of said nonwoven article, wherein said nonwoven article further comprises a plurality of synthetic microfibers having a length of less than 25 millimeters and a minimum transverse dimension of less than 5 microns, wherein said synthetic microfibers make up at least 1 weight percent of said nonwoven article.
2. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said synthetic microfibers are formed of a thermoplastic polycondensate material so that said synthetic microfibers make up at least a portion of said thermoplastic polycondensate fibers.
3. The nonwoven article of claim 2 , wherein said synthetic microfibers make up at least 5, 10, or 20 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 80, or 70 weight percent of said thermoplastic polycondensate fibers.
4. The nonwoven article of claim 2 , wherein said thermoplastic polycondensate material comprises a polyester and/or a polyamide.
5. The nonwoven article of claim 2 , wherein said thermoplastic polycondensate material comprises polyethylene terephthlate homopolymer, polyethylene terephthalate copolymers, polypropylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, nylon 6, and/or nylon 66.
6. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said thermoplastic polycondensate fibers make up at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 weight percent of the total fiber content of said nonwoven article.
7. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said synthetic microfibers have a length of at least 0.25, 0.5, 1.0 millimeter and/or not more than 25, 10, or 2 millimeters.
8. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said synthetic microfibers are formed from multicomponent fibers having said synthetic fiber segments substantially isolated from one another by a water dispersible component.
9. The nonwoven article of claim 8 , wherein said synthetic microfibers are formed by removing said water dispersible component from said multicomponent fibers.
10. The nonwoven article of claim 9 , wherein said synthetic microfibers are formed by cutting said multicomponent fibers to the length of said synthetic microfibers prior to removal of said water dispersible component.
11. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said sulfopolyester binder makes up at least 1, 2, or 4 weight percent and/or not more than 40, 30, or 20 weight percent of said nonwoven article.
12. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said nonwoven article comprises said synthetic microfibers in an amount of at least 20, 40, or 50 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 85, or 80 weight percent, wherein said nonwoven article comprises said sulfopolyester binder in an amount of at least 1, 2, or 4 weight percent and/or not more than 40, 30, or 20 weight percent.
13. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said nonwoven article comprises said synthetic microfibers in an amount of at least 1, 3, or 5 weight percent and/or not more than 25, 20, 15, or 10 weight percent, wherein said nonwoven article comprises said sulfopolyester binder in an amount of at least 1, 2, or 4 weight percent and/or not more than 40, 30, or 20 weight percent.
14. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said sulfopolyester binder contains substantially equimolar proportions of acid moiety repeating units (100 mole percent) to hydroxy moiety repeating units (100 mole percent), wherein the said sulfopolyester binder comprises repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
(a) at least 50, 70, or 80 mole percent and/or not more than 99, 96, or 94 mole percent isophthalic acid,
(b) at least 1, 4, or 6 mole percent and/or not more than 50, 30, or 20 mole percent 5-sulfoisophthalic acid,
(c) at least 20, 35, or 45 mole percent and/or not more than 95, 85, or 80 mole percent 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol; and
(d) at least 5, 15, or 20 mole percent and/or not more than 80, 65, or 55 mole percent diethylene glycol and/or ethylene glycol.
15. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said sulfopolyester binder comprises a blend of at least a first sulfopolyester and a second sulfopolyester.
16. The nonwoven article of claim 15 , wherein said first sulfopolyester is hydrophilic and said second sulfopolyester is hydrophobic.
17. The nonwoven article of claim 15 , wherein said first sulfopolyester comprises repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
(a) at least 70, 75, or 80 mole percent and/or not more than 90, 88, or 86 mole percent isophthalic acid,
(b) at least 10, 12, or 16 mole percent and/or not more than 30, 25, or 20 mole percent 5-sulfoisophthalic acid,
(c) at least 25, 35, or 45 mole percent and/or not more than 70, 60, or 55 mole percent 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol; and
(d) at least 30, 40, or 45 mole percent and/or not more than 75, 65, or 55 mole percent diethylene glycol and/or ethylene glycol and
wherein said second sulfopolyester comprises repeating units of components (a), (b), (c) and (d) as follows, wherein all stated mole percentages are based on the total of all acid and hydroxy moiety repeating units being equal to 200 mole percent:
(a) at least 80, 85, or 88 mole percent and/or not more than 98, 96, or 93 mole percent isophthalic acid,
(b) at least 2, 4, or 7 mole percent and/or not more than 20, 15, or 12 mole percent 5-sulfoisophthalic acid,
(c) at least 40, 50, 60 mole percent and/or not more than 95, 85, or 80 mole percent 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol; and
(d) at least 5, 15, or 20 mole percent and/or not more than 50, 40, or 30 mole percent diethylene glycol and/or ethylene glycol.
18. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said nonwoven article further comprises a coating selected from the group consisting of a decorative coating, a printing ink, a barrier coating, an adhesive coating, and a heat seal coating.
19. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said nonwoven article is selected from the group consisting of filter media, battery separators, personal hygiene articles, sanitary napkins, tampons, diapers, disposable wipes, flexible packaging, geotextiles, building and construction materials, surgical and medical material, security papers, cardboard, recycled cardboard, synthetic leather and suede, automotive headliners, personal protective garments, acoustical media, concrete reinforcement, flexible perform for compression molded composites, electrical materials, catalytic support membranes, thermal insulation, labels, food packaging material, printing and publishing papers.
20. The nonwoven article of claim 1 , wherein said nonwoven article is produced by a dry-laid process or wet-laid process.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/273,929 US20120183861A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2011-10-14 | Sulfopolyester binders |
PCT/US2011/056994 WO2012054671A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2011-10-20 | Sulfopolyester binders |
PCT/US2011/056990 WO2012054668A2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2011-10-20 | Sulfopolyester binders |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US40531210P | 2010-10-21 | 2010-10-21 | |
US13/273,929 US20120183861A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2011-10-14 | Sulfopolyester binders |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20120183861A1 true US20120183861A1 (en) | 2012-07-19 |
Family
ID=46490186
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/273,937 Expired - Fee Related US9273417B2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2011-10-14 | Wet-Laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article |
US13/273,929 Abandoned US20120183861A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2011-10-14 | Sulfopolyester binders |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/273,937 Expired - Fee Related US9273417B2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2011-10-14 | Wet-Laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US9273417B2 (en) |
Cited By (41)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20120175074A1 (en) * | 2010-10-21 | 2012-07-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Nonwoven article with ribbon fibers |
US20140311694A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper and nonwoven articles comprising synthetic microfiber binders |
US9175440B2 (en) | 2012-01-31 | 2015-11-03 | Eastman Chemical Company | Processes to produce short-cut microfibers |
US9273417B2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2016-03-01 | Eastman Chemical Company | Wet-Laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article |
US9598802B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2017-03-21 | Eastman Chemical Company | Ultrafiltration process for producing a sulfopolyester concentrate |
US9605126B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2017-03-28 | Eastman Chemical Company | Ultrafiltration process for the recovery of concentrated sulfopolyester dispersion |
US9896784B2 (en) * | 2010-02-17 | 2018-02-20 | Sgl Automotive Carbon Fibers Gmbh & Co. Kg | Method for producing a flat semi-finished product from a fiber composite material and flat semi-finished product |
WO2019099452A1 (en) * | 2017-11-14 | 2019-05-23 | Microban Products Company | Odor control composition and method of using |
WO2019199653A1 (en) * | 2018-04-09 | 2019-10-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Multicomponent fibers |
US10575553B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2020-03-03 | Philip Morris Products S.A. | Paper wrapper for an electrically heated aerosol-generating article |
US11230811B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-01-25 | Eastman Chemical Company | Recycle bale comprising cellulose ester |
US11286619B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-03-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Bale of virgin cellulose and cellulose ester |
US11299854B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-04-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper product articles |
US11306433B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-04-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter effluent from refiner of a wet laid process |
US11313081B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-04-26 | Eastman Chemical Company | Beverage filtration article |
US11332885B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-05-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water removal between wire and wet press of a paper mill process |
US11332888B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-05-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper composition cellulose and cellulose ester for improved texturing |
US11339537B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-05-24 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper bag |
US11390996B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Elongated tubular articles from wet-laid webs |
US11390991B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Addition of cellulose esters to a paper mill without substantial modifications |
US11396726B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-26 | Eastman Chemical Company | Air filtration articles |
US11401659B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-02 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process to produce a paper article comprising cellulose fibers and a staple fiber |
US11401660B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-02 | Eastman Chemical Company | Broke composition of matter |
US11408128B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-09 | Eastman Chemical Company | Sheet with high sizing acceptance |
US11414791B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-16 | Eastman Chemical Company | Recycled deinked sheet articles |
US11414818B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-16 | Eastman Chemical Company | Dewatering in paper making process |
US11421387B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Tissue product comprising cellulose acetate |
US11421385B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Soft wipe comprising cellulose acetate |
US11420784B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Food packaging articles |
US11441267B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-09-13 | Eastman Chemical Company | Refining to a desirable freeness |
US11466408B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-10-11 | Eastman Chemical Company | Highly absorbent articles |
US11479919B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-10-25 | Eastman Chemical Company | Molded articles from a fiber slurry |
US11492757B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter in a post-refiner blend zone |
US11492755B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Waste recycle composition |
US11492756B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper press process with high hydrolic pressure |
US11512433B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter feed to a head box |
US11519132B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-12-06 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter in stock preparation zone of wet laid process |
US11525215B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-12-13 | Eastman Chemical Company | Cellulose and cellulose ester film |
US11530516B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-12-20 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter in a pre-refiner blend zone |
US11639579B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2023-05-02 | Eastman Chemical Company | Recycle pulp comprising cellulose acetate |
WO2023075795A1 (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Vartega Inc. | Fiber-containing particles with dual-tapered shape |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11905364B2 (en) | 2017-06-07 | 2024-02-20 | Solvay Specialty Polymers Usa, Llc | Process for preparing particles of polyphenylene sulfide polymer |
CN110730709B (en) | 2017-06-07 | 2022-03-22 | 索尔维特殊聚合物美国有限责任公司 | Aromatic polymer particles, method for producing same and use thereof |
CN111587303B (en) * | 2018-01-24 | 2022-07-05 | 三井化学株式会社 | Spun-bonded nonwoven fabric, sanitary material, and method for producing spun-bonded nonwoven fabric |
TWM578237U (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2019-05-21 | 萬核應用材料有限公司 | Compound fabric |
CN110739160B (en) * | 2019-10-30 | 2022-03-04 | 东莞东阳光科研发有限公司 | Method for preparing capacitor diaphragm by recycling waste capacitor diaphragm |
Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6194517B1 (en) * | 1997-03-17 | 2001-02-27 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Ion sensitive polymeric materials |
US20030203695A1 (en) * | 2002-04-30 | 2003-10-30 | Polanco Braulio Arturo | Splittable multicomponent fiber and fabrics therefrom |
US20040258910A1 (en) * | 2003-06-19 | 2004-12-23 | Haile William Alston | Water-dispersible and multicomponent fibers from sulfopolyesters |
US20050018847A1 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2005-01-27 | Garay Juan A. | Method and system for fair exchange of user information |
US20050188470A1 (en) * | 2004-02-03 | 2005-09-01 | Yi Li | Processing techniques for preparing moisture management textiles |
US20050209374A1 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2005-09-22 | Matosky Andrew J | Anaerobically biodegradable polyesters |
WO2006034070A1 (en) * | 2004-09-16 | 2006-03-30 | Eastman Chemical Company | Fluid sulfopolyester formulations and products made therefrom |
US20080031181A1 (en) * | 2006-08-03 | 2008-02-07 | Institute For Information Industry | Wireless communication system, method, and tangible machine-readable medium thereof for transmitting data based on a frame structure of a multi-hop relay standard |
US20080311815A1 (en) * | 2003-06-19 | 2008-12-18 | Eastman Chemical Company | Nonwovens produced from multicomponent fibers |
Family Cites Families (713)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3049469A (en) | 1957-11-07 | 1962-08-14 | Hercules Powder Co Ltd | Application of coating or impregnating materials to fibrous material |
US1814155A (en) | 1930-05-16 | 1931-07-14 | Theodore P Haughey | Process of treating vegetable fibers |
US2862251A (en) | 1955-04-12 | 1958-12-02 | Chicopee Mfg Corp | Method of and apparatus for producing nonwoven product |
US3018272A (en) | 1955-06-30 | 1962-01-23 | Du Pont | Sulfonate containing polyesters dyeable with basic dyes |
US3033822A (en) | 1959-06-29 | 1962-05-08 | Eastman Kodak Co | Linear polyesters of 1, 4-cyclohexane-dimethanol and hydroxycarboxylic acids |
NL246230A (en) | 1958-12-09 | |||
US3075952A (en) | 1959-01-21 | 1963-01-29 | Eastman Kodak Co | Solid phase process for linear superpolyesters |
GB1073640A (en) | 1963-11-22 | 1967-06-28 | Goodyear Tire & Rubber | Method for preparing copolyesters |
US3556932A (en) | 1965-07-12 | 1971-01-19 | American Cyanamid Co | Water-soluble,ionic,glyoxylated,vinylamide,wet-strength resin and paper made therewith |
US3531368A (en) | 1966-01-07 | 1970-09-29 | Toray Industries | Synthetic filaments and the like |
US3372084A (en) | 1966-07-18 | 1968-03-05 | Mead Corp | Post-formable absorbent paper |
US3528947A (en) | 1968-01-03 | 1970-09-15 | Eastman Kodak Co | Dyeable polyesters containing units of an alkali metal salts of an aromatic sulfonic acid or ester thereof |
US3485706A (en) | 1968-01-18 | 1969-12-23 | Du Pont | Textile-like patterned nonwoven fabrics and their production |
US3592796A (en) | 1969-03-10 | 1971-07-13 | Celanese Corp | Linear polyester polymers containing alkali metal salts of sulfonated aliphatic compounds |
US3783093A (en) | 1969-05-01 | 1974-01-01 | American Cyanamid Co | Fibrous polyethylene materials |
US3772076A (en) | 1970-01-26 | 1973-11-13 | Hercules Inc | Reaction products of epihalohydrin and polymers of diallylamine and their use in paper |
US3779993A (en) | 1970-02-27 | 1973-12-18 | Eastman Kodak Co | Polyesters and polyesteramides containing ether groups and sulfonate groups in the form of a metallic salt |
US3833457A (en) | 1970-03-20 | 1974-09-03 | Asahi Chemical Ind | Polymeric complex composite |
CS155307B1 (en) | 1970-06-01 | 1974-05-30 | ||
US3846507A (en) | 1972-04-06 | 1974-11-05 | Union Carbide Canada Ltd | Polyamide blends with one polyamide containing phthalate sulfonate moieties and terphthalate on isophthalate residues |
US4008344A (en) | 1973-04-05 | 1977-02-15 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Multi-component fiber, the method for making said and polyurethane matrix sheets formed from said |
US4073988A (en) | 1974-02-08 | 1978-02-14 | Kanebo, Ltd. | Suede-like artificial leathers and a method for manufacturing same |
US4100324A (en) | 1974-03-26 | 1978-07-11 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Nonwoven fabric and method of producing same |
US3998740A (en) | 1974-07-26 | 1976-12-21 | J. P. Stevens & Co., Inc. | Apparatus for treatment of textile desizing effluent |
US4073777A (en) | 1975-01-17 | 1978-02-14 | Eastman Kodak Company | Radiation crosslinkable polyester and polyesteramide compositions containing sulfonate groups in the form of a metallic salt and unsaturated groups |
US4121966A (en) | 1975-02-13 | 1978-10-24 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills, Ltd. | Method for producing fibrous sheet |
DE2516305A1 (en) | 1975-04-15 | 1976-10-28 | Dynamit Nobel Ag | WATER DISPENSABLE ESTER RESINS |
US3985502A (en) | 1975-05-19 | 1976-10-12 | Boorujy Edward J | Method of cleaning fabrics |
GB1556710A (en) | 1975-09-12 | 1979-11-28 | Anic Spa | Method of occluding substances in structures and products obtained thereby |
JPS5426338Y2 (en) | 1975-11-11 | 1979-08-31 | ||
JPS52155269A (en) | 1976-06-17 | 1977-12-23 | Toray Industries | Suedeelike textile and method of producing same |
US4137393A (en) | 1977-04-07 | 1979-01-30 | Monsanto Company | Polyester polymer recovery from dyed polyester fibers |
US4226672A (en) | 1977-07-01 | 1980-10-07 | Ici Australia Limited | Process of separating asbestos fibers and product thereof |
CH632546A5 (en) | 1977-08-26 | 1982-10-15 | Ciba Geigy Ag | METHOD FOR PRODUCING SIZED PAPER OR CARDBOARD USING POLYELECTROLYTE AND SALTS OF EPOXYD-AMINE-POLYAMINOAMIDE IMPLEMENTATION PRODUCTS. |
US4145469A (en) | 1977-10-11 | 1979-03-20 | Basf Wyandotte Corporation | Water-insoluble treated textile and processes therefor |
US4243480A (en) | 1977-10-17 | 1981-01-06 | National Starch And Chemical Corporation | Process for the production of paper containing starch fibers and the paper produced thereby |
FR2407980A1 (en) | 1977-11-02 | 1979-06-01 | Rhone Poulenc Ind | NEW ANTI-SOILING AND ANTI-REDEPOSITION COMPOSITIONS FOR USE IN DETERGENCE |
US4239720A (en) | 1978-03-03 | 1980-12-16 | Akzona Incorporated | Fiber structures of split multicomponent fibers and process therefor |
US4233355A (en) | 1978-03-09 | 1980-11-11 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Separable composite fiber and process for producing same |
US4288503A (en) | 1978-06-16 | 1981-09-08 | Amerace Corporation | Laminated microporous article |
FR2442901A1 (en) | 1978-11-30 | 1980-06-27 | Rhone Poulenc Textile | DOUBLE CONSTITUENT ACRYLIC FIBERS |
US4381335A (en) | 1979-11-05 | 1983-04-26 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Multi-component composite filament |
JPS5667383A (en) | 1979-11-08 | 1981-06-06 | Mitsui Petrochem Ind Ltd | Thixotropic agent |
DE2951307A1 (en) | 1979-12-20 | 1981-07-02 | Akzo Gmbh, 5600 Wuppertal | SUEDE-LIKE AREA |
CA1149985A (en) | 1980-04-26 | 1983-07-12 | Takashi Okamoto | Resin composition comprising water-soluble polyamide and vinyl alcohol-based polymer |
US4304901A (en) | 1980-04-28 | 1981-12-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Water dissipatable polyesters |
US4652341A (en) | 1980-08-07 | 1987-03-24 | Prior Eric S | Accelerated pulping process |
US4302495A (en) | 1980-08-14 | 1981-11-24 | Hercules Incorporated | Nonwoven fabric of netting and thermoplastic polymeric microfibers |
US4496619A (en) | 1981-04-01 | 1985-01-29 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Fabric composed of bundles of superfine filaments |
US4427557A (en) | 1981-05-14 | 1984-01-24 | Ici Americas Inc. | Anionic textile treating compositions |
JPS5829826A (en) | 1981-08-17 | 1983-02-22 | Teijin Ltd | Dispersion of fine particle |
KR830002440B1 (en) | 1981-09-05 | 1983-10-26 | 주식회사 코오롱 | Composite fiber |
JPS5883046A (en) | 1981-11-11 | 1983-05-18 | Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc | Aqueous polyester resin composition |
JPS58174625A (en) | 1982-04-06 | 1983-10-13 | Teijin Ltd | Binder fiber |
EP0091676B1 (en) | 1982-04-13 | 1989-06-28 | Toray Industries, Inc. | An improved chenille woven or knitted fabric and process for producing the same |
JPS58220818A (en) | 1982-06-10 | 1983-12-22 | Toray Ind Inc | Polyester mixed multifilament yarn |
US4410579A (en) | 1982-09-24 | 1983-10-18 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Nonwoven fabric of ribbon-shaped polyester fibers |
JPS5962050A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1984-04-09 | 日本バイリ−ン株式会社 | Skin adhering agent |
US4480085A (en) | 1983-09-30 | 1984-10-30 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Amorphous sulfopolyesters |
US4795668A (en) | 1983-10-11 | 1989-01-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Bicomponent fibers and webs made therefrom |
JPS6120741A (en) | 1984-07-09 | 1986-01-29 | 東レ株式会社 | Easily adhesive polyester film |
JPS6147822U (en) | 1984-09-01 | 1986-03-31 | 愛仁 玉乃井 | Western umbrella with hand grip |
US4552909A (en) | 1984-09-26 | 1985-11-12 | Genesco Inc. | Thixotropic compositions comprising leather fibers and method for rendering polymeric compositions thixotropic |
DE3437183C2 (en) | 1984-10-10 | 1986-09-11 | Fa. Carl Freudenberg, 6940 Weinheim | Microporous multilayer nonwoven for medical purposes and processes for the production thereof |
US4647497A (en) | 1985-06-07 | 1987-03-03 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Composite nonwoven sheet |
JPS61296120A (en) | 1985-06-21 | 1986-12-26 | Toray Ind Inc | Conjugate fiber |
NZ217669A (en) | 1985-10-02 | 1990-03-27 | Surgikos Inc | Meltblown microfibre web includes core web and surface veneer |
JPS6278213U (en) | 1985-11-06 | 1987-05-19 | ||
US4873273A (en) | 1986-03-20 | 1989-10-10 | James River-Norwalk, Inc. | Epoxide coating composition |
JPS63159523A (en) | 1986-12-18 | 1988-07-02 | Toray Ind Inc | Composite fiber |
US4738785A (en) | 1987-02-13 | 1988-04-19 | Eastman Kodak Company | Waste treatment process for printing operations employing water dispersible inks |
JPS63227898A (en) | 1987-03-12 | 1988-09-22 | 帝人株式会社 | Wet nonwoven fabric |
DE3708916A1 (en) | 1987-03-19 | 1988-09-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim Kg | METHOD FOR CLEANING RESORBABLE POLYESTERS |
US5242640A (en) | 1987-04-03 | 1993-09-07 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Preparing cationic-dyeable textured yarns |
US4755421A (en) | 1987-08-07 | 1988-07-05 | James River Corporation Of Virginia | Hydroentangled disintegratable fabric |
US5162074A (en) | 1987-10-02 | 1992-11-10 | Basf Corporation | Method of making plural component fibers |
JP2546802B2 (en) | 1987-12-21 | 1996-10-23 | 鐘紡株式会社 | Composite fiber |
US4804719A (en) | 1988-02-05 | 1989-02-14 | Eastman Kodak Company | Water-dissipatable polyester and polyester-amides containing copolymerized colorants |
JP2614889B2 (en) | 1988-03-08 | 1997-05-28 | 帝人株式会社 | Composition for binder fiber |
US4940744A (en) | 1988-03-21 | 1990-07-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Insolubilizing system for water based inks |
JP2809640B2 (en) | 1988-04-25 | 1998-10-15 | 株式会社クラレ | Polyester fiber and method for producing the same |
DK245488D0 (en) | 1988-05-05 | 1988-05-05 | Danaklon As | SYNTHETIC FIBER AND PROCEDURES FOR PRODUCING THEREOF |
JPH01289838A (en) | 1988-05-17 | 1989-11-21 | Toray Ind Inc | Multi-layered film |
JP2506413B2 (en) | 1988-07-08 | 1996-06-12 | 株式会社クラレ | Heat-fusible composite fiber with durable hydrophilicity |
US4996252A (en) | 1988-07-28 | 1991-02-26 | Eastman Kodak Company | Ink composition containing a blend of a polyester and an acrylic polymer |
US5039339A (en) | 1988-07-28 | 1991-08-13 | Eastman Kodak Company | Ink composition containing a blend of a polyester and an acrylic polymer |
US5262460A (en) | 1988-08-04 | 1993-11-16 | Teijin Limited | Aromatic polyester resin composition and fiber |
US4943477A (en) | 1988-09-27 | 1990-07-24 | Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd. | Conductive sheet having electromagnetic interference shielding function |
US5338406A (en) | 1988-10-03 | 1994-08-16 | Hercules Incorporated | Dry strength additive for paper |
US4921899A (en) | 1988-10-11 | 1990-05-01 | Eastman Kodak Company | Ink composition containing a blend of a polyester, an acrylic polymer and a vinyl polymer |
US4910292A (en) | 1988-10-14 | 1990-03-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Water-dissipatable polyester resins and coatings prepared therefrom |
US4990593A (en) | 1988-10-14 | 1991-02-05 | Eastman Kodak Company | Water-dissipatable polyester resins and coatings prepared therefrom |
US5416156A (en) | 1988-10-14 | 1995-05-16 | Revlon Consumer Products Corporation | Surface coating compositions containing fibrillated polymer |
DE68926341T2 (en) | 1988-10-28 | 1996-09-19 | Teijin Ltd | NON-WOVEN TEXTILE ACCORDING TO THE WET METHOD AND ULTRA-FINE POLYESTER FIBERS THEREFOR |
US4863785A (en) | 1988-11-18 | 1989-09-05 | The James River Corporation | Nonwoven continuously-bonded trilaminate |
US5281306A (en) | 1988-11-30 | 1994-01-25 | Kao Corporation | Water-disintegrable cleaning sheet |
US4946932A (en) | 1988-12-05 | 1990-08-07 | Eastman Kodak Company | Water-dispersible polyester blends |
US5069970A (en) | 1989-01-23 | 1991-12-03 | Allied-Signal Inc. | Fibers and filters containing said fibers |
JP2703971B2 (en) | 1989-01-27 | 1998-01-26 | チッソ株式会社 | Ultrafine composite fiber and its woven or nonwoven fabric |
US5296286A (en) | 1989-02-01 | 1994-03-22 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process for preparing subdenier fibers, pulp-like short fibers, fibrids, rovings and mats from isotropic polymer solutions |
JPH02210092A (en) | 1989-02-07 | 1990-08-21 | Teijin Ltd | Wet non-woven fabric and production thereof |
JP2682130B2 (en) | 1989-04-25 | 1997-11-26 | 三井石油化学工業株式会社 | Flexible long-fiber non-woven fabric |
JP2783602B2 (en) | 1989-07-19 | 1998-08-06 | チッソ株式会社 | Ultrafine composite fiber for thermal bonding and its woven or nonwoven fabric |
US5073436A (en) | 1989-09-25 | 1991-12-17 | Amoco Corporation | Multi-layer composite nonwoven fabrics |
FR2654674A1 (en) | 1989-11-23 | 1991-05-24 | Rhone Poulenc Films | Anti-blocking composite polyester films |
JPH03180587A (en) | 1989-12-11 | 1991-08-06 | Kuraray Co Ltd | Polyester fiber for paper-making |
US5057368A (en) | 1989-12-21 | 1991-10-15 | Allied-Signal | Filaments having trilobal or quadrilobal cross-sections |
FI112252B (en) | 1990-02-05 | 2003-11-14 | Fibervisions L P | High temperature resistant fiber bindings |
US5006598A (en) | 1990-04-24 | 1991-04-09 | Eastman Kodak Company | Water-dispersible polyesters imparting improved water resistance properties to inks |
US5171309A (en) | 1990-05-11 | 1992-12-15 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Polyesters and their use in compostable products such as disposable diapers |
JPH0457918A (en) | 1990-06-22 | 1992-02-25 | Kanebo Ltd | Conjugate yarn |
FR2667622B1 (en) | 1990-10-08 | 1994-10-07 | Kaysersberg Sa | HYDRAULICALLY LINKED MONTISSE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF. |
JPH04189840A (en) | 1990-11-22 | 1992-07-08 | Jsp Corp | Production of foamed polymer particle |
DE69125170T2 (en) | 1990-11-30 | 1997-06-19 | Eastman Chem Co | Mixtures of aliphatic-aromatic copolyesters with cellulose ester polymers |
EP0491383B1 (en) | 1990-12-19 | 1997-08-27 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills, Ltd. | Nonwoven fabric and production method thereof |
US5162399A (en) | 1991-01-09 | 1992-11-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Ink millbase and method for preparation thereof |
EP0498672A3 (en) | 1991-02-07 | 1993-06-23 | Chisso Corporation | Microfiber-generating fibers and woven or non-woven fabrics produced therefrom |
US5158844A (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1992-10-27 | The Dexter Corporation | Battery separator |
US5171767A (en) | 1991-05-06 | 1992-12-15 | Rohm And Haas Company | Utrafiltration process for the recovery of polymeric latices from whitewater |
WO1992020844A1 (en) | 1991-05-14 | 1992-11-26 | Kanebo, Ltd. | Potentially elastic conjugate fiber, production thereof, and production of fibrous structure with elasticity in expansion and contraction |
US5340581A (en) | 1991-08-23 | 1994-08-23 | Gillette Canada, Inc. | Sustained-release matrices for dental application |
US5218042A (en) | 1991-09-25 | 1993-06-08 | Thauming Kuo | Water-dispersible polyester resins and process for their preparation |
US5262064A (en) | 1991-09-26 | 1993-11-16 | Florida Institute Of Phosphate Research | Dewatering method and agent |
US5258220A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1993-11-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Wipe materials based on multi-layer blown microfibers |
US5176952A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1993-01-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Modulus nonwoven webs based on multi-layer blown microfibers |
US5277976A (en) | 1991-10-07 | 1994-01-11 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Oriented profile fibers |
FR2682956B1 (en) | 1991-10-29 | 1994-01-07 | Rhone Poulenc Chimie | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF WATER-SOLUBLE AND / OR HYDRODISPERSABLE POLYESTERS AND USE OF SUCH POLYESTERS FOR SIZING TEXTILE THREADS. |
US5503907A (en) | 1993-07-19 | 1996-04-02 | Fiberweb North America, Inc. | Barrier fabrics which incorporate multicomponent fiber support webs |
JP2695557B2 (en) | 1991-12-16 | 1997-12-24 | 株式会社クラレ | Copolyester, production method thereof and use of the copolyester |
US5318669A (en) | 1991-12-23 | 1994-06-07 | Hercules Incorporated | Enhancement of paper dry strength by anionic and cationic polymer combination |
JP2653030B2 (en) | 1992-01-09 | 1997-09-10 | 鐘紡株式会社 | Composite yarn |
US5545481A (en) | 1992-02-14 | 1996-08-13 | Hercules Incorporated | Polyolefin fiber |
US5286843A (en) | 1992-05-22 | 1994-02-15 | Rohm And Haas Company | Process for improving water-whitening resistance of pressure sensitive adhesives |
US5292075A (en) | 1992-05-29 | 1994-03-08 | Knobbe, Martens, Olson & Bear | Disposable diaper recycling process |
JP3116291B2 (en) | 1992-06-11 | 2000-12-11 | 日本板硝子株式会社 | Treatment liquid for glass fiber for rubber reinforcement and glass fiber cord for rubber reinforcement |
JP2783724B2 (en) | 1992-06-12 | 1998-08-06 | 帝人株式会社 | Method for producing splittable conjugate fiber and ultrafine polyester fiber |
JP2625350B2 (en) | 1992-06-26 | 1997-07-02 | 株式会社コーロン | Composite fiber |
US5290654A (en) | 1992-07-29 | 1994-03-01 | Xerox Corporation | Microsuspension processes for toner compositions |
US5382400A (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1995-01-17 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Nonwoven multicomponent polymeric fabric and method for making same |
US5336552A (en) | 1992-08-26 | 1994-08-09 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Nonwoven fabric made with multicomponent polymeric strands including a blend of polyolefin and ethylene alkyl acrylate copolymer |
US5389068A (en) | 1992-09-01 | 1995-02-14 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Tampon applicator |
US5292581A (en) | 1992-12-15 | 1994-03-08 | The Dexter Corporation | Wet wipe |
CA2092604A1 (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1994-05-13 | Richard Swee-Chye Yeo | Hydrophilic, multicomponent polymeric strands and nonwoven fabrics made therewith |
JP2818693B2 (en) | 1992-11-18 | 1998-10-30 | ヘキスト・セラニーズ・コーポレーション | Fibrous structure containing immobilized particulate matter and method for producing the same |
US5401588A (en) | 1992-12-23 | 1995-03-28 | Georgia-Pacific Resins Inc. | Gypsum microfiber sheet material |
US5482772A (en) | 1992-12-28 | 1996-01-09 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Polymeric strands including a propylene polymer composition and nonwoven fabric and articles made therewith |
US5360654A (en) | 1993-01-28 | 1994-11-01 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Sorbent articles |
US5372985A (en) | 1993-02-09 | 1994-12-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Thermal transfer systems having delaminating coatings |
JP2679930B2 (en) | 1993-02-10 | 1997-11-19 | 昇 丸山 | Hot water supply device |
US5292855A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1994-03-08 | Eastman Kodak Company | Water-dissipatable polyesters and amides containing near infrared fluorescent compounds copolymerized therein |
US5274025A (en) | 1993-02-19 | 1993-12-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | Ink and coating compositions containing a blend of water-dispersible polyester and hydantoin-formaldehyde resins |
ATE259007T1 (en) | 1993-03-09 | 2004-02-15 | Trevira Gmbh | ELECTRICAL FIBERS WITH IMPROVED CHARGE STABILITY, METHOD FOR PRODUCING THEM, AND TEXTILE MATERIAL CONTAINING THESE ELECTRICAL FIBERS |
US5386003A (en) | 1993-03-15 | 1995-01-31 | Eastman Chemical Company | Oil absorbing polymers |
US5374357A (en) | 1993-03-19 | 1994-12-20 | D. W. Walker & Associates | Filter media treatment of a fluid flow to remove colloidal matter |
US5405698A (en) | 1993-03-31 | 1995-04-11 | Basf Corporation | Composite fiber and polyolefin microfibers made therefrom |
US5366804A (en) | 1993-03-31 | 1994-11-22 | Basf Corporation | Composite fiber and microfibers made therefrom |
US5369211A (en) | 1993-04-01 | 1994-11-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible sulfo-polyester compostions having a TG of greater than 89°C. |
JP3317703B2 (en) | 1993-04-08 | 2002-08-26 | ユニチカ株式会社 | Fiber having network structure and method for producing the same |
JPH08509784A (en) | 1993-04-27 | 1996-10-15 | ザ・ダウ・ケミカル・カンパニー | Elastic fibers, fabrics and products made from them |
US5674479A (en) | 1993-06-25 | 1997-10-07 | Eastman Chemical Company | Clear aerosol hair spray formulations containing a linear sulfopolyester in a hydroalcoholic liquid vehicle |
US5369210A (en) | 1993-07-23 | 1994-11-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Heat-resistant water-dispersible sulfopolyester compositions |
US5466518A (en) | 1993-08-17 | 1995-11-14 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Binder compositions and web materials formed thereby |
US5593778A (en) | 1993-09-09 | 1997-01-14 | Kanebo, Ltd. | Biodegradable copolyester, molded article produced therefrom and process for producing the molded article |
DE69415124T2 (en) | 1993-10-15 | 1999-05-06 | Kuraray Co | Water-soluble, melt-adhesive binder fibers made of polyvinyl alcohol, nonwovens containing these fibers and processes for producing this fiber and this nonwoven |
JP3131100B2 (en) | 1993-10-20 | 2001-01-31 | 帝人株式会社 | Polyester composition and its fiber |
US5378757A (en) | 1993-11-15 | 1995-01-03 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dissipatable alkyd resins and coatings prepared therefrom |
US5914366A (en) | 1993-11-24 | 1999-06-22 | Cytec Technology Corp. | Multimodal emulsions and processes for preparing multimodal emulsions |
CA2128483C (en) | 1993-12-16 | 2006-12-12 | Richard Swee-Chye Yeo | Flushable compositions |
US5543488A (en) | 1994-07-29 | 1996-08-06 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible adhesive composition and process |
DE69408696T2 (en) | 1993-12-29 | 1998-06-18 | Eastman Chem Co | WATER-DISPERSIBLE ADHESIVE COMPOSITION AND METHOD |
US5423432A (en) | 1993-12-30 | 1995-06-13 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dissipatable polyesters and amides containing near infrared fluorescent compounds copolymerized therein |
CA2141768A1 (en) | 1994-02-07 | 1995-08-08 | Tatsuro Mizuki | High-strength ultra-fine fiber construction, method for producing the same and high-strength conjugate fiber |
FR2720400B1 (en) | 1994-05-30 | 1996-06-28 | Rhone Poulenc Chimie | New sulfonated polyesters and their use as an anti-fouling agent in detergent, rinsing, softening and textile treatment compositions. |
US5607491A (en) | 1994-05-04 | 1997-03-04 | Jackson; Fred L. | Air filtration media |
US5843311A (en) | 1994-06-14 | 1998-12-01 | Dionex Corporation | Accelerated solvent extraction method |
US5575918A (en) | 1995-02-28 | 1996-11-19 | Henkel Corporation | Method for recovery of polymers |
EP0791103A4 (en) | 1994-08-31 | 1998-12-30 | Hoffman Environmental Systems | Method of papermaking having zero liquid discharge |
US5498468A (en) | 1994-09-23 | 1996-03-12 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Fabrics composed of ribbon-like fibrous material and method to make the same |
US6162890A (en) | 1994-10-24 | 2000-12-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible block copolyesters useful as low-odor adhesive raw materials |
EP0709419B1 (en) | 1994-10-24 | 2004-04-14 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible block copolyesters |
ES2181800T3 (en) | 1994-10-31 | 2003-03-01 | Kimberly Clark Co | HEAVY DENSITY FILTER MEDIA, HIGH DENSITY. |
JP3187842B2 (en) | 1994-11-18 | 2001-07-16 | 帝人株式会社 | Nubuck-like fabric and method for producing the same |
FR2728182B1 (en) | 1994-12-16 | 1997-01-24 | Coatex Sa | PROCESS FOR OBTAINING GRINDING AND / OR DISPERSING AGENTS BY PHYSICOCHEMICAL SEPARATION, AGENTS OBTAINED AND USES THEREOF |
ES2137550T3 (en) | 1994-12-22 | 1999-12-16 | Biotec Biolog Naturverpack | TECHNICAL AND NON-TECHNICAL TEXTILE PRODUCTS, AS WELL AS PACKAGING MATERIALS. |
KR100299559B1 (en) | 1994-12-28 | 2001-09-03 | 야마모토 카즈모토 | Wet type nonwoven fabric for cell separator, its production method and enclosed secondary cell |
US5472518A (en) | 1994-12-30 | 1995-12-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method of disposal for dispersible compositions and articles |
US5779736A (en) | 1995-01-19 | 1998-07-14 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process for making fibrillated cellulose acetate staple fibers |
US5635071A (en) | 1995-01-20 | 1997-06-03 | Zenon Airport Enviromental, Inc. | Recovery of carboxylic acids from chemical plant effluents |
TW317577B (en) | 1995-01-25 | 1997-10-11 | Toray Industries | |
US20060064069A1 (en) | 2000-04-12 | 2006-03-23 | Rajala Gregory J | Disposable undergarment and related manufacturing equipment and processes |
US5472600A (en) | 1995-02-01 | 1995-12-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Gradient density filter |
JP4180653B2 (en) | 1995-02-17 | 2008-11-12 | 三菱製紙株式会社 | Alkaline battery separator nonwoven fabric |
TW293049B (en) | 1995-03-08 | 1996-12-11 | Unitika Ltd | |
US5559205A (en) | 1995-05-18 | 1996-09-24 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Sulfonate-containing polyesters dyeable with basic dyes |
US6352948B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2002-03-05 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Fine fiber composite web laminates |
US5759926A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-02 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Fine denier fibers and fabrics made therefrom |
US5620785A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-04-15 | Fiberweb North America, Inc. | Meltblown barrier webs and processes of making same |
JP2001519856A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2001-10-23 | キンバリー クラーク ワールドワイド インコーポレイテッド | Fine denier fiber and fabric made from the fiber |
US5496627A (en) | 1995-06-16 | 1996-03-05 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composite fibrous filters |
WO1997002375A1 (en) | 1995-06-30 | 1997-01-23 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Water-degradable multicomponent fibers and nonwovens |
US5948710A (en) | 1995-06-30 | 1999-09-07 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Water-dispersible fibrous nonwoven coform composites |
US5916678A (en) | 1995-06-30 | 1999-06-29 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Water-degradable multicomponent fibers and nonwovens |
US5952251A (en) | 1995-06-30 | 1999-09-14 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Coformed dispersible nonwoven fabric bonded with a hybrid system |
JP3475596B2 (en) | 1995-08-01 | 2003-12-08 | チッソ株式会社 | Durable hydrophilic fibers, cloths and moldings |
BR9610447B1 (en) | 1995-08-02 | 2010-08-10 | METHOD FOR FORMING ARTIFICIAL FIBERS OF A LIQUID RESIN. | |
US5652048A (en) | 1995-08-02 | 1997-07-29 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | High bulk nonwoven sorbent |
US5646237A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1997-07-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible copolyester-ether compositions |
EP0847263B2 (en) | 1995-08-28 | 2011-03-09 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Thermoplastic fibrous nonwoven webs for use as core wraps in absorbent articles |
US5744538A (en) | 1995-08-28 | 1998-04-28 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water dispersible adhesive compositions |
US5750605A (en) | 1995-08-31 | 1998-05-12 | National Starch And Chemical Investment Holding Corporation | Hot melt adhesives based on sulfonated polyesters |
JPH0977963A (en) | 1995-09-08 | 1997-03-25 | Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd | Polyester composition |
US5798078A (en) | 1996-07-11 | 1998-08-25 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Sulfonated polymers and method of sulfonating polymers |
US6384108B1 (en) | 1995-09-29 | 2002-05-07 | Xerox Corporation | Waterfast ink jet inks containing an emulsifiable polymer resin |
JPH09100397A (en) | 1995-10-06 | 1997-04-15 | Teijin Ltd | Polyester composition |
DE19541326A1 (en) | 1995-11-06 | 1997-05-07 | Basf Ag | Water-soluble or water-dispersible polyurethanes having terminal acid groups, their preparation and their use |
KR100445769B1 (en) | 1995-11-30 | 2004-10-15 | 킴벌리-클라크 월드와이드, 인크. | Superfine Microfiber Nonwoven Web |
US5672415A (en) | 1995-11-30 | 1997-09-30 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Low density microfiber nonwoven fabric |
JPH09249742A (en) | 1996-03-18 | 1997-09-22 | Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd | Production of modified polyester |
US5728295A (en) | 1996-04-19 | 1998-03-17 | Fuji Hunt Photographic Chemicals, Inc. | Apparatus for removing metal ions and/or complexes containing metal ions from a solution |
JP3514031B2 (en) | 1996-04-23 | 2004-03-31 | 東レ株式会社 | Thick polyester fiber and woven / knitted fabric |
US6730387B2 (en) | 1996-04-24 | 2004-05-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Absorbent materials having improved structural stability in dry and wet states and making methods therefor |
US5593807A (en) | 1996-05-10 | 1997-01-14 | Xerox Corporation | Toner processes using sodium sulfonated polyester resins |
WO1997043472A1 (en) | 1996-05-14 | 1997-11-20 | Shimadzu Corporation | Spontaneously degradable fibers and goods made by using the same |
JP3715375B2 (en) | 1996-05-16 | 2005-11-09 | 日本エステル株式会社 | Production method of split polyester composite fiber |
US5660965A (en) | 1996-06-17 | 1997-08-26 | Xerox Corporation | Toner processes |
US5658704A (en) | 1996-06-17 | 1997-08-19 | Xerox Corporation | Toner processes |
US5895710A (en) | 1996-07-10 | 1999-04-20 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Process for producing fine fibers and fabrics thereof |
US5783503A (en) | 1996-07-22 | 1998-07-21 | Fiberweb North America, Inc. | Meltspun multicomponent thermoplastic continuous filaments, products made therefrom, and methods therefor |
JP3488784B2 (en) | 1996-07-30 | 2004-01-19 | ジーイー東芝シリコーン株式会社 | Film-forming emulsion type silicone composition for airbag and airbag |
US6235392B1 (en) | 1996-08-23 | 2001-05-22 | Weyerhaeuser Company | Lyocell fibers and process for their preparation |
US5916935A (en) | 1996-08-27 | 1999-06-29 | Henkel Corporation | Polymeric thickeners for aqueous compositions |
US6162537A (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2000-12-19 | Solutia Inc. | Implantable fibers and medical articles |
US6200669B1 (en) | 1996-11-26 | 2001-03-13 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Entangled nonwoven fabrics and methods for forming the same |
US5820982A (en) | 1996-12-03 | 1998-10-13 | Seydel Companies, Inc. | Sulfoaryl modified water-soluble or water-dispersible resins from polyethylene terephthalate or terephthalates |
US6168719B1 (en) | 1996-12-27 | 2001-01-02 | Kao Corporation | Method for the purification of ionic polymers |
ATE221148T1 (en) | 1996-12-31 | 2002-08-15 | Quantum Group Inc | ELASTOMER COMPOSITE THREADS |
US6037055A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 2000-03-14 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Low pill copolyester |
US5817740A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1998-10-06 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Low pill polyester |
AU6262898A (en) | 1997-02-14 | 1998-09-08 | Cytec Technology Corp. | Papermaking methods and compositions |
US5935884A (en) | 1997-02-14 | 1999-08-10 | Bba Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc. | Wet-laid nonwoven nylon battery separator material |
US5837658A (en) | 1997-03-26 | 1998-11-17 | Stork; David J. | Metal forming lubricant with differential solid lubricants |
US5935880A (en) | 1997-03-31 | 1999-08-10 | Wang; Kenneth Y. | Dispersible nonwoven fabric and method of making same |
JP3588967B2 (en) | 1997-04-03 | 2004-11-17 | チッソ株式会社 | Splittable composite fiber |
US6183648B1 (en) | 1997-04-04 | 2001-02-06 | Geo Specialty Chemicals, Inc. | Process for purification of organic sulfonates and novel product |
JP3356438B2 (en) | 1997-04-11 | 2002-12-16 | 帝人株式会社 | Fiber having optical interference function and use thereof |
US5785725A (en) | 1997-04-14 | 1998-07-28 | Johns Manville International, Inc. | Polymeric fiber and glass fiber composite filter media |
FR2763482B1 (en) | 1997-05-26 | 1999-08-06 | Picardie Lainiere | THERMAL ADHESIVE COVERING WITH LARGE TITRATION FILAMENTS |
US5970583A (en) | 1997-06-17 | 1999-10-26 | Firma Carl Freudenberg | Nonwoven lap formed of very fine continuous filaments |
US6294645B1 (en) | 1997-07-25 | 2001-09-25 | Hercules Incorporated | Dry-strength system |
US6552162B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2003-04-22 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Water-responsive, biodegradable compositions and films and articles comprising a blend of polylactide and polyvinyl alcohol and methods for making the same |
US6821672B2 (en) | 1997-09-02 | 2004-11-23 | Kvg Technologies, Inc. | Mat of glass and other fibers and method for producing it |
US5976694A (en) | 1997-10-03 | 1999-11-02 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Water-sensitive compositions for improved processability |
US5993834A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 1999-11-30 | E-L Management Corp. | Method for manufacture of pigment-containing cosmetic compositions |
WO1999021507A2 (en) | 1997-10-28 | 1999-05-06 | Hills, Inc. | Synthetic fibres for medical use and method of making the same |
AU1802499A (en) | 1997-12-03 | 1999-06-16 | Ason Engineering, Inc. | Nonwoven fabrics formed from ribbon-shaped fibers and method and apparatus for making the same |
US6171440B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2001-01-09 | Hercules Incorporated | Process for repulping wet strength paper having cationic thermosetting resin |
US5916725A (en) | 1998-01-13 | 1999-06-29 | Xerox Corporation | Surfactant free toner processes |
US5853944A (en) | 1998-01-13 | 1998-12-29 | Xerox Corporation | Toner processes |
JPH11217757A (en) | 1998-01-30 | 1999-08-10 | Unitika Ltd | Staple fiber nonwoven fabric and its production |
GB9803812D0 (en) | 1998-02-25 | 1998-04-22 | Albright & Wilson Uk Ltd | Membrane filtration of polymer containing solutions |
US6726841B2 (en) | 1998-03-03 | 2004-04-27 | A.B. Technologies Holding, L.L.C. | Method for the purification and recovery of non-gelatin colloidal waste encapsulation materials |
ATE283904T1 (en) | 1998-03-17 | 2004-12-15 | Ameritherm Inc | RF-ACTIVE COMPOSITION FOR USE IN ADHESION, BONDING AND COATING |
US6348679B1 (en) | 1998-03-17 | 2002-02-19 | Ameritherm, Inc. | RF active compositions for use in adhesion, bonding and coating |
US6627025B1 (en) | 1998-03-25 | 2003-09-30 | Hills, Inc. | Method and apparatus for extruding easily-splittable plural-component fibers for woven and nonwoven fabrics |
US6432850B1 (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2002-08-13 | Seiren Co., Ltd. | Fabrics and rust proof clothes excellent in conductivity and antistatic property |
US6702801B2 (en) | 1998-05-07 | 2004-03-09 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent garment with an extensible backsheet |
US6211309B1 (en) | 1998-06-29 | 2001-04-03 | Basf Corporation | Water-dispersable materials |
US6225243B1 (en) | 1998-08-03 | 2001-05-01 | Bba Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc. | Elastic nonwoven fabric prepared from bi-component filaments |
US6550622B2 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2003-04-22 | Koslow Technologies Corporation | Composite filter medium and fluid filters containing same |
USH2086H1 (en) | 1998-08-31 | 2003-10-07 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide | Fine particle liquid filtration media |
JP3263370B2 (en) | 1998-09-25 | 2002-03-04 | カネボウ株式会社 | Alkaline water easily-eluting copolyester and method for producing the same |
US6667424B1 (en) | 1998-10-02 | 2003-12-23 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent articles with nits and free-flowing particles |
US6838402B2 (en) | 1999-09-21 | 2005-01-04 | Fiber Innovation Technology, Inc. | Splittable multicomponent elastomeric fibers |
ATE351934T1 (en) | 1998-10-06 | 2007-02-15 | Hills Inc | SPLITCHABLE ELASTOMER MULTI-COMPONENT FIBERS |
US6706189B2 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2004-03-16 | Zenon Environmental Inc. | Cyclic aeration system for submerged membrane modules |
US6110636A (en) | 1998-10-29 | 2000-08-29 | Xerox Corporation | Polyelectrolyte toner processes |
ATE292511T1 (en) | 1998-11-23 | 2005-04-15 | Zenon Environmental Inc | WATER FILTRATION USING UNDERWATER MEMBRANES |
ES2216425T3 (en) | 1998-12-16 | 2004-10-16 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | THERMOPLASTIC FIBERS OF POLYVINYL ALCOHOL AND ITS PREPARATION PROCEDURE. |
US6369136B2 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2002-04-09 | Eastman Kodak Company | Electrophotographic toner binders containing polyester ionomers |
JP3640582B2 (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2005-04-20 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Water-decomposable fiber sheet containing fibrillated rayon |
US6630231B2 (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2003-10-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Composite articles reinforced with highly oriented microfibers |
US6110588A (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2000-08-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microfibers and method of making |
FR2790489B1 (en) | 1999-03-01 | 2001-04-20 | Freudenberg Carl Fa | TABLECLOTH NOT WOVEN IN THERMOLIA FILAMENTS OR FIBERS |
JP3704249B2 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2005-10-12 | 帝人ファイバー株式会社 | Hydrophilic fiber |
EP1161516B1 (en) | 1999-03-09 | 2005-08-24 | Rhodia Chimie | Sulphonated copolymer and method for cleaning surfaces and/or providing same with stain resistant properties and/or for facilitating stain and soil release |
US6020420A (en) | 1999-03-10 | 2000-02-01 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible polyesters |
JP3474482B2 (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2003-12-08 | 高砂香料工業株式会社 | Biodegradable composite fiber and method for producing the same |
US6110249A (en) | 1999-03-26 | 2000-08-29 | Bha Technologies, Inc. | Filter element with membrane and bicomponent substrate |
US6441267B1 (en) | 1999-04-05 | 2002-08-27 | Fiber Innovation Technology | Heat bondable biodegradable fiber |
US6509092B1 (en) | 1999-04-05 | 2003-01-21 | Fiber Innovation Technology | Heat bondable biodegradable fibers with enhanced adhesion |
US7091140B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2006-08-15 | Polymer Group, Inc. | Hydroentanglement of continuous polymer filaments |
DE19917275B4 (en) | 1999-04-16 | 2004-02-26 | Carl Freudenberg Kg | cleaning cloth |
BR0011596A (en) | 1999-05-20 | 2002-03-05 | Dow Chemical Co | Continuous method for preparing a stable dispersion or emulsion and method for preparing an emulsion with a high internal phase ratio without phase inversion |
US6762339B1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2004-07-13 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Hydrophilic polypropylene fibers having antimicrobial activity |
US6723428B1 (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2004-04-20 | Foss Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Anti-microbial fiber and fibrous products |
US6533938B1 (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2003-03-18 | Worcester Polytechnic Institue | Polymer enhanced diafiltration: filtration using PGA |
US6120889A (en) | 1999-06-03 | 2000-09-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Low melt viscosity amorphous copolyesters with enhanced glass transition temperatures |
AU3935700A (en) | 1999-06-21 | 2001-01-04 | Rohm And Haas Company | Ultrafiltration processes for the recovery of polymeric latices from whitewater |
US6177607B1 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2001-01-23 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent product with nonwoven dampness inhibitor |
GB9915039D0 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 1999-08-25 | Eastman Chem Co | Aqueous application of additives to polymeric particles |
DE19934442C2 (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2001-09-20 | Freudenberg Carl Fa | Process for producing a nonwoven and nonwoven for producing cleanroom protective clothing |
US20010052494A1 (en) | 1999-10-25 | 2001-12-20 | Pierre Cote | Chemical cleaning backwash for normally immersed membranes |
EP1132508B1 (en) | 1999-08-09 | 2006-07-19 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Composite staple fiber and process for producing the same |
US20050039836A1 (en) | 1999-09-03 | 2005-02-24 | Dugan Jeffrey S. | Multi-component fibers, fiber-containing materials made from multi-component fibers and methods of making the fiber-containing materials |
US6649888B2 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2003-11-18 | Codaco, Inc. | Radio frequency (RF) heating system |
JP3404555B2 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2003-05-12 | チッソ株式会社 | Hydrophilic fibers and nonwoven fabrics, processed nonwoven fabrics using them |
US6589426B1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2003-07-08 | Zenon Environmental Inc. | Ultrafiltration and microfiltration module and system |
JP2001123335A (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2001-05-08 | Nippon Ester Co Ltd | Split-type polyester conjugated fiber |
EP1276548B1 (en) | 1999-10-29 | 2008-12-17 | HOLLINGSWORTH & VOSE COMPANY | Filter media |
US6171685B1 (en) | 1999-11-26 | 2001-01-09 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible films and fibers based on sulfopolyesters |
US6177193B1 (en) | 1999-11-30 | 2001-01-23 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Biodegradable hydrophilic binder fibers |
EP1252219B1 (en) | 1999-12-01 | 2006-08-16 | Rhodia Inc. | Process for making sulfonated polyester compounds |
US6576716B1 (en) | 1999-12-01 | 2003-06-10 | Rhodia, Inc | Process for making sulfonated polyester compounds |
CN1433443B (en) | 1999-12-07 | 2010-05-12 | 威廉马歇莱思大学 | Oriented nanofibers embedded in polymer matrix |
US6583075B1 (en) | 1999-12-08 | 2003-06-24 | Fiber Innovation Technology, Inc. | Dissociable multicomponent fibers containing a polyacrylonitrile polymer component |
ATE317868T1 (en) | 1999-12-22 | 2006-03-15 | Nektar Therapeutics Al Corp | STERICALLY HINDERED DERIVATIVES OF WATER SOLUBLE POLYMERS |
JP3658303B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2005-06-08 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Elastic stretch composite sheet and method for producing the same |
CN100453714C (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2009-01-21 | 因维斯塔技术有限公司 | Method for high-speed spinning of bicomponent fibers |
DE10002778B4 (en) | 2000-01-22 | 2012-05-24 | Robert Groten | Use of a microfilament nonwoven fabric as a cleaning cloth |
US6332994B1 (en) | 2000-02-14 | 2001-12-25 | Basf Corporation | High speed spinning of sheath/core bicomponent fibers |
US6428900B1 (en) | 2000-03-09 | 2002-08-06 | Ato Findley, Inc. | Sulfonated copolyester based water-dispersible hot melt adhesive |
DE10013315C2 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2002-06-06 | Freudenberg Carl Kg | Pleated filter from a multi-layer filter medium |
US6548592B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2003-04-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Ion-sensitive, water-dispersible polymers, a method of making same and items using same |
US6429261B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2002-08-06 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Ion-sensitive, water-dispersible polymers, a method of making same and items using same |
US6316592B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2001-11-13 | General Electric Company | Method for isolating polymer resin from solution slurries |
ES2279825T3 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2007-09-01 | Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF SOLUTIONS OF ANIONIC ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. |
US6620503B2 (en) | 2000-07-26 | 2003-09-16 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Synthetic fiber nonwoven web and method |
US7365118B2 (en) | 2003-07-08 | 2008-04-29 | Los Alamos National Security, Llc | Polymer-assisted deposition of films |
US6776858B2 (en) | 2000-08-04 | 2004-08-17 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process and apparatus for making multicomponent meltblown web fibers and webs |
US7402539B2 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2008-07-22 | Japan Vilene Co., Ltd. | Battery separator |
US6899810B1 (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2005-05-31 | Millipore Corporation | Fluid filtering device |
US6743273B2 (en) | 2000-09-05 | 2004-06-01 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Polymer, polymer microfiber, polymer nanofiber and applications including filter structures |
DE60112204T2 (en) | 2000-09-08 | 2006-05-24 | Japan Vilene Co., Ltd. | Non-woven fabric of fine dispersed fibers, method and apparatus for the production thereof, and sheet-like material containing the same |
AU9085901A (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2002-03-26 | Ahlstrom Dexter Llc | Disposable nonwoven wiping fabric and method of production |
US20050208286A1 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2005-09-22 | Hartmann Mark H | Polymeric composites having enhanced reversible thermal properties and methods of forming thereof |
CN100376731C (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2008-03-26 | 奥特拉斯技术有限公司 | Multi-component fibers having reversible thermal properties |
US7160612B2 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2007-01-09 | Outlast Technologies, Inc. | Multi-component fibers having enhanced reversible thermal properties and methods of manufacturing thereof |
EP1715089B1 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2014-03-05 | Outlast Technologies LLC | Multi-component fibers having reversible thermal properties |
US6855422B2 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2005-02-15 | Monte C. Magill | Multi-component fibers having enhanced reversible thermal properties and methods of manufacturing thereof |
US6361784B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2002-03-26 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Soft, flexible disposable wipe with embossing |
KR100760797B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-10-04 | 이 아이 듀폰 디 네모아 앤드 캄파니 | Stretchable fibers of polymers, spinnerets useful to form the fibers, and articles produced therefrom |
KR100713760B1 (en) | 2000-10-04 | 2007-05-07 | 이 아이 듀폰 디 네모아 앤드 캄파니 | Meltblown Web |
US20020127939A1 (en) | 2000-11-06 | 2002-09-12 | Hwo Charles Chiu-Hsiung | Poly (trimethylene terephthalate) based meltblown nonwovens |
KR20010044145A (en) | 2000-11-27 | 2001-06-05 | 구광시 | A sea-island typed composite fiber for warp knit terated raising |
US6485828B2 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2002-11-26 | Oji Paper Co., Ltd. | Flat synthetic fiber, method for preparing the same and non-woven fabric prepared using the same |
US6331606B1 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2001-12-18 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Comapny | Polyester composition and process therefor |
US6420024B1 (en) | 2000-12-21 | 2002-07-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Charged microfibers, microfibrillated articles and use thereof |
US6664437B2 (en) | 2000-12-21 | 2003-12-16 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Layered composites for personal care products |
US6838403B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2005-01-04 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Breathable, biodegradable/compostable laminates |
EP1366198B1 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2012-02-08 | Danisco A/S | Separation process |
US6946413B2 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2005-09-20 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Composite material with cloth-like feel |
ES2204218B1 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2005-06-01 | Mopatex, S.A. | MOP FOR MOPS. |
US6586529B2 (en) | 2001-02-01 | 2003-07-01 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Water-dispersible polymers, a method of making same and items using same |
CA2437220C (en) | 2001-02-23 | 2009-11-17 | Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha | Polyester polymerization catalyst, polyester produced by using the same, and process for producing polyester |
US6506853B2 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2003-01-14 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Copolymer comprising isophthalic acid |
EP1243675A1 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2002-09-25 | Nan Ya Plastics Corp. | Microfiber and its manufacturing method |
US6381817B1 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2002-05-07 | Polymer Group, Inc. | Composite nonwoven fabric |
EP1390570A4 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2005-03-09 | Kolon Inc | A sea-island typed conjugate multi filament comprising dope dyeing component, and a process of preparing for the same |
US6743506B2 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2004-06-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | High elongation splittable multicomponent fibers comprising starch and polymers |
US6946506B2 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2005-09-20 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Fibers comprising starch and biodegradable polymers |
US20020168912A1 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2002-11-14 | Bond Eric Bryan | Multicomponent fibers comprising starch and biodegradable polymers |
US20030077444A1 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2003-04-24 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Multicomponent fibers comprising starch and polymers |
US7195814B2 (en) | 2001-05-15 | 2007-03-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microfiber-entangled products and related methods |
US6645618B2 (en) | 2001-06-15 | 2003-11-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Aliphatic polyester microfibers, microfibrillated articles and use thereof |
DE10129458A1 (en) | 2001-06-19 | 2003-01-02 | Celanese Ventures Gmbh | Improved polymer films based on polyazoles |
JP4212787B2 (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2009-01-21 | 株式会社クラレ | Leather-like sheet |
ES2275891T3 (en) | 2001-07-17 | 2007-06-16 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | BICOMPONENT AND BICONSTITUENT FIBERS ELASTICS RESISTANT TO HEAT AND HUMIDITY. |
US20040081829A1 (en) | 2001-07-26 | 2004-04-29 | John Klier | Sulfonated substantiallly random interpolymer-based absorbent materials |
US6657017B2 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2003-12-02 | Rhodia Inc | Sulfonated polyester compounds with enhanced shelf stability and processes of making the same |
US7462386B2 (en) | 2001-07-31 | 2008-12-09 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Leather-like sheet and method for production thereof |
US6746779B2 (en) | 2001-08-10 | 2004-06-08 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Sulfonated aliphatic-aromatic copolyesters |
CA2697560A1 (en) | 2001-09-24 | 2003-04-03 | The Procter & Gamble Company | A soft absorbent web material |
US6998068B2 (en) | 2003-08-15 | 2006-02-14 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Acene-thiophene semiconductors |
US7309498B2 (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2007-12-18 | Belenkaya Bronislava G | Biodegradable absorbents and methods of preparation |
US6906160B2 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2005-06-14 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Isotactic propylene copolymer fibers, their preparation and use |
US20060204753A1 (en) | 2001-11-21 | 2006-09-14 | Glen Simmonds | Stretch Break Method and Product |
GB0129728D0 (en) | 2001-12-12 | 2002-01-30 | Dupont Teijin Films Us Ltd | Plymeric film |
US6787081B2 (en) | 2001-12-14 | 2004-09-07 | Nan Ya Plastics Corporation | Manufacturing method for differential denier and differential cross section fiber and fabric |
US6780942B2 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2004-08-24 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method of preparation of porous polyester particles |
US6902796B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2005-06-07 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Elastic strand bonded laminate |
US7285209B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2007-10-23 | Guanghua Yu | Method and apparatus for separating emulsified water from hydrocarbons |
US7655112B2 (en) | 2002-01-31 | 2010-02-02 | Kx Technologies, Llc | Integrated paper comprising fibrillated fibers and active particles immobilized therein |
US6541175B1 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2003-04-01 | Xerox Corporation | Toner processes |
SG128436A1 (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2007-01-30 | Kuraray Co | Nonwoven fabric for wiper |
SE0200476D0 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2002-02-15 | Sca Hygiene Prod Ab | Hydroentangled microfibre material and process for its preparation |
US20030166371A1 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2003-09-04 | Sca Hygiene Products Ab | Hydroentangled microfibre material and method for its manufacture |
US6638677B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2003-10-28 | Xerox Corporation | Toner processes |
JP3826052B2 (en) | 2002-03-04 | 2006-09-27 | 株式会社クラレ | Ultrafine fiber bundle and method for producing the same |
US6669814B2 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2003-12-30 | Rock-Tenn Company | Multi-ply paperboard prepared from recycled materials and methods of manufacturing same |
US7765647B2 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2010-08-03 | The University Of Akron | Non-woven fiber assemblies |
US7135135B2 (en) | 2002-04-11 | 2006-11-14 | H.B. Fuller Licensing & Financing, Inc. | Superabsorbent water sensitive multilayer construction |
US7186344B2 (en) | 2002-04-17 | 2007-03-06 | Water Visions International, Inc. | Membrane based fluid treatment systems |
JP4163894B2 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2008-10-08 | 帝人株式会社 | Separator for lithium ion secondary battery |
US6890649B2 (en) | 2002-04-26 | 2005-05-10 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Aliphatic polyester microfibers, microfibrillated articles and use thereof |
DE60327314D1 (en) | 2002-05-02 | 2009-06-04 | Teijin Techno Products Ltd | LADIES OF HEAT-RESISTANT SYNTHESIS FIBER |
US7388058B2 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2008-06-17 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Polyester blend compositions and biodegradable films produced therefrom |
US6861142B1 (en) | 2002-06-06 | 2005-03-01 | Hills, Inc. | Controlling the dissolution of dissolvable polymer components in plural component fibers |
US7011653B2 (en) | 2002-06-07 | 2006-03-14 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent pant garments having high leg cuts |
NZ537729A (en) | 2002-06-21 | 2006-07-28 | Stephen D Nightingale | Multi-functional product markers and methods for making and using the same |
JP4027728B2 (en) | 2002-06-21 | 2007-12-26 | 帝人ファイバー株式会社 | Nonwoven fabric made of polyester staple fibers |
EP1382730A1 (en) | 2002-07-15 | 2004-01-21 | Paul Hartmann AG | Cosmetic cotton pad |
US6764802B2 (en) | 2002-07-29 | 2004-07-20 | Xerox Corporation | Chemical aggregation process using inline mixer |
KR101029515B1 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2011-04-18 | 도레이 카부시키가이샤 | Porous fiber |
US6893711B2 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2005-05-17 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Acoustical insulation material containing fine thermoplastic fibers |
US20050026527A1 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2005-02-03 | Schmidt Richard John | Nonwoven containing acoustical insulation laminate |
JP4272393B2 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2009-06-03 | 互応化学工業株式会社 | Method for producing aqueous flame-retardant polyester resin |
CN1293260C (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2007-01-03 | 东丽株式会社 | Artificial suede-type leather and process for producing the same |
JP4208517B2 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2009-01-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Polymer solution concentration method and apparatus |
US7405171B2 (en) | 2002-08-08 | 2008-07-29 | Chisso Corporation | Elastic nonwoven fabric and fiber products manufactured therefrom |
KR101010553B1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2011-01-24 | 데이진 가부시키가이샤 | Non-aqueous secondary battery and separator used therefor |
CN1688275B (en) | 2002-09-11 | 2012-05-30 | 田边三菱制药株式会社 | Process for the production of microspheres |
US7951452B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2011-05-31 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Suede artificial leather and production method thereof |
US6979380B2 (en) | 2002-10-01 | 2005-12-27 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Three-piece disposable undergarment and method for the manufacture thereof |
EP1405949B1 (en) | 2002-10-02 | 2007-01-24 | Fort James Corporation | Paper products including surface treated thermally bondable fibers and methods of making the same |
JP2004137319A (en) | 2002-10-16 | 2004-05-13 | Toray Ind Inc | Copolyester composition and conjugate fiber obtained from the same |
CN100547016C (en) | 2002-10-18 | 2009-10-07 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Filter and produce the method and the method for preparing solvent of polymers soln |
JP2004137418A (en) | 2002-10-21 | 2004-05-13 | Teijin Ltd | Copolyester composition |
KR101119051B1 (en) | 2002-10-23 | 2012-03-16 | 도레이 카부시키가이샤 | Nanofiber aggregate, hybrid fiber, fibrous structures, and processes for production of them |
ITMI20022291A1 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2004-04-29 | Alcantara Spa | THREE-DIMENSIONAL MICROFIBROUS FABRIC WITH SUEDE APPEARANCE AND ITS PREPARATION METHOD. |
US6759124B2 (en) | 2002-11-16 | 2004-07-06 | Milliken & Company | Thermoplastic monofilament fibers exhibiting low-shrink, high tenacity, and extremely high modulus levels |
KR100667624B1 (en) | 2002-11-26 | 2007-01-11 | 주식회사 코오롱 | A high shrinkage side by side type composite filament, and a process of preparing the same |
US8129450B2 (en) | 2002-12-10 | 2012-03-06 | Cellresin Technologies, Llc | Articles having a polymer grafted cyclodextrin |
US7022201B2 (en) | 2002-12-23 | 2006-04-04 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Entangled fabric wipers for oil and grease absorbency |
US6953622B2 (en) | 2002-12-27 | 2005-10-11 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Biodegradable bicomponent fibers with improved thermal-dimensional stability |
US20040127127A1 (en) | 2002-12-30 | 2004-07-01 | Dana Eagles | Bicomponent monofilament |
US6989194B2 (en) | 2002-12-30 | 2006-01-24 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Flame retardant fabric |
DE60336428D1 (en) | 2003-01-07 | 2011-04-28 | Teijin Fibers Ltd | POLYESTER FIBER STRUCTURES |
RU2298597C2 (en) | 2003-01-08 | 2007-05-10 | Тейдзин Файберз Лимитед | Nonwoven material from polyester-staple filament composite |
JP2004218125A (en) | 2003-01-14 | 2004-08-05 | Teijin Fibers Ltd | Method for producing polyester fiber with modified cross section |
MXPA05007334A (en) | 2003-01-16 | 2005-09-30 | Teijin Fibers Ltd | Differential-shrinkage polyester combined filament yarn. |
US6780560B2 (en) | 2003-01-29 | 2004-08-24 | Xerox Corporation | Toner processes |
WO2004067818A2 (en) | 2003-01-30 | 2004-08-12 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Fibers formed from immiscible polymer blends |
KR20040072049A (en) | 2003-02-07 | 2004-08-16 | 가부시키가이샤 구라레 | Suede finished leather-like sheet and process for producing the same |
US7291389B1 (en) | 2003-02-13 | 2007-11-06 | Landec Corporation | Article having temperature-dependent shape |
DE602004028187D1 (en) | 2003-03-10 | 2010-09-02 | Kuraray Co | Polyvinyl alcohol fibers and nonwoven fabrics containing them |
US20050222956A1 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2005-10-06 | Bristow Andrew N | Method and system for providing goods or services to a subscriber of a communications network |
JP4107133B2 (en) | 2003-04-02 | 2008-06-25 | 株式会社ジェイテクト | Torque sensor |
US7163743B2 (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2007-01-16 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Polyester monofilaments |
JP3828877B2 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2006-10-04 | 大成化工株式会社 | Method for producing a coloring agent (colorant) having excellent color development |
US20040211729A1 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2004-10-28 | Sunkara Hari Babu | Processes for recovering oligomers of glycols and polymerization catalysts from waste streams |
EP2267077A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2010-12-29 | E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company | Polyesters containing microfibers, and methods for making and using same |
US7297644B2 (en) | 2003-05-28 | 2007-11-20 | Air Products Polymers, L.P. | Nonwoven binders with high wet/dry tensile strength ratio |
US20040242838A1 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2004-12-02 | Duan Jiwen F. | Sulfonated polyester and process therewith |
US7431869B2 (en) | 2003-06-04 | 2008-10-07 | Hills, Inc. | Methods of forming ultra-fine fibers and non-woven webs |
US6787245B1 (en) | 2003-06-11 | 2004-09-07 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Sulfonated aliphatic-aromatic copolyesters and shaped articles produced therefrom |
JP2005002510A (en) | 2003-06-12 | 2005-01-06 | Teijin Cordley Ltd | Method for producing conjugate fiber |
US6787425B1 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2004-09-07 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Methods for fabricating transistor gate structures |
DE602004014770D1 (en) | 2003-06-19 | 2008-08-14 | Eastman Chem Co | WATER DISPERSIBLE AND MULTICOMPONENT FIBERS FROM SULFOPOLYESTERS |
US7892993B2 (en) | 2003-06-19 | 2011-02-22 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible and multicomponent fibers from sulfopolyesters |
US7687143B2 (en) | 2003-06-19 | 2010-03-30 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water-dispersible and multicomponent fibers from sulfopolyesters |
US20110139386A1 (en) | 2003-06-19 | 2011-06-16 | Eastman Chemical Company | Wet lap composition and related processes |
US6974862B2 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2005-12-13 | Kensey Nash Corporation | High density fibrous polymers suitable for implant |
JP4419549B2 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2010-02-24 | 東レ株式会社 | Ultra-fine short fiber nonwoven fabric and leather-like sheet and production method thereof |
US20050026526A1 (en) | 2003-07-30 | 2005-02-03 | Verdegan Barry M. | High performance filter media with internal nanofiber structure and manufacturing methodology |
US7220815B2 (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2007-05-22 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Sulfonated aliphatic-aromatic copolyesters and shaped articles produced therefrom |
DE10335451A1 (en) | 2003-08-02 | 2005-03-10 | Bayer Materialscience Ag | Method for removing volatile compounds from mixtures by means of micro-evaporator |
US7087301B2 (en) | 2003-08-06 | 2006-08-08 | Fina Technology, Inc. | Bicomponent fibers of syndiotactic polypropylene |
US7306735B2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2007-12-11 | General Electric Company | Process for the removal of contaminants from water |
US7329723B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2008-02-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Thermal crystallization of polyester pellets in liquid |
US7871946B2 (en) | 2003-10-09 | 2011-01-18 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Nonwoven fabric composed of ultra-fine continuous fibers, and production process and application thereof |
US7513004B2 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2009-04-07 | Whirlpool Corporation | Method for fluid recovery in a semi-aqueous wash process |
US7432219B2 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2008-10-07 | Sca Hygiene Products Ab | Hydroentangled nonwoven material |
US20050106982A1 (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2005-05-19 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Nonwoven elastic fibrous webs and methods for making them |
JP2005154450A (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2005-06-16 | Teijin Fibers Ltd | Copolyester and splittable polyester conjugate fiber |
US7179376B2 (en) | 2003-11-24 | 2007-02-20 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Method and system for removing residual water from excess washcoat by ultrafiltration |
FR2862664B1 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2006-03-17 | Chavanoz Ind | COMPOSITE WIRE COMPRISING A CONTINUOUS WIRE AND A MATRIX COMPRISING A FOAM POLYMER |
US6949288B2 (en) | 2003-12-04 | 2005-09-27 | Fiber Innovation Technology, Inc. | Multicomponent fiber with polyarylene sulfide component |
WO2005059215A2 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2005-06-30 | North Carolina State University | Improving physical and mechanical properties of fabrics by hydroentangling |
US7194788B2 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2007-03-27 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Soft and bulky composite fabrics |
US20070098982A1 (en) | 2003-12-26 | 2007-05-03 | Sohei Nishida | Acrylic shrinkable fiber and method for production thereof |
US20050148261A1 (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2005-07-07 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Nonwoven webs having reduced lint and slough |
US7947864B2 (en) | 2004-01-07 | 2011-05-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Low profile absorbent pantiliner |
KR20050073909A (en) | 2004-01-12 | 2005-07-18 | 주식회사 휴비스 | Ultra fine conjugate ptt fibers for artificial leather and manufacturing method thereof |
AU2005254448A1 (en) | 2004-01-20 | 2005-12-29 | Kirby W. Beard | Highly microporous polymers and methods for producing and using the same |
US7452927B2 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2008-11-18 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Aliphatic-aromatic polyesters, and articles made therefrom |
US20060194027A1 (en) | 2004-02-04 | 2006-08-31 | North Carolina State University | Three-dimensional deep molded structures with enhanced properties |
US7560159B2 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2009-07-14 | Teijin Fibers Limited | Synthetic staple fibers for an air-laid nonwoven fabric |
FR2867193B1 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2007-09-21 | Cray Valley Sa | COMPOSITION OR MOLDING COMPOSITE OR MASTIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING ADDITIVES BASED ON CELLULOSE MICROFIBRILLES |
US7897078B2 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2011-03-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of manufacturing a stretched mechanical fastening web laminate |
US20060011544A1 (en) | 2004-03-16 | 2006-01-19 | Sunity Sharma | Membrane purification system |
US7101623B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2006-09-05 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Extensible and elastic conjugate fibers and webs having a nontacky feel |
TWI341339B (en) | 2004-03-30 | 2011-05-01 | Teijin Fibers Ltd | Island-in-sea type composite fibers and process for producing same |
US20050227068A1 (en) | 2004-03-30 | 2005-10-13 | Innovation Technology, Inc. | Taggant fibers |
ATE500366T1 (en) | 2004-04-19 | 2011-03-15 | Procter & Gamble | OBJECTS WITH NANOFIBERS AS BARRIERS |
MXPA06012054A (en) | 2004-04-19 | 2007-01-25 | Procter & Gamble | Fibers, nonwovens and articles containing nanofibers produced from high glass transition temperature polymers. |
US7285504B2 (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2007-10-23 | Air Products Polymers, L.P. | Wet tensile strength of nonwoven webs |
US7195819B2 (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2007-03-27 | Invista North America S.A.R.L. | Bicomponent fiber and yarn comprising same |
US7387976B2 (en) | 2004-04-26 | 2008-06-17 | Teijin Fibers Limited | Composite fiber structure and method for producing the same |
DE102004026904A1 (en) | 2004-06-01 | 2005-12-22 | Basf Ag | Highly functional, highly branched or hyperbranched polyesters and their preparation and use |
GB0413068D0 (en) | 2004-06-11 | 2004-07-14 | Imerys Minerals Ltd | Treatment of pulp |
WO2006002390A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-05 | E.I. Dupont De Nemours And Company | Assemblies of split fibers |
EP1766121B1 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2012-03-21 | SCA Hygiene Products AB | A hydroentangled split-fibre nonwoven material |
US7772456B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2010-08-10 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Stretchable absorbent composite with low superaborbent shake-out |
JP4354349B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2009-10-28 | パナソニック株式会社 | Evaluation method of separator for alkaline battery |
US7358325B2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2008-04-15 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Sulfonated aromatic copolyesters containing hydroxyalkanoic acid groups and shaped articles produced therefrom |
US7193029B2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2007-03-20 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Sulfonated copolyetherester compositions from hydroxyalkanoic acids and shaped articles produced therefrom |
US7896940B2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2011-03-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Self-supporting pleated filter media |
KR101279675B1 (en) | 2004-07-16 | 2013-06-27 | 카네카 코포레이션 | Acrylic shrinkable fiber and process for producing the same |
CA2578338A1 (en) | 2004-07-16 | 2006-09-14 | California Institute Of Technology | Water treatment by dendrimer-enhanced filtration |
US7790282B2 (en) | 2004-07-16 | 2010-09-07 | Reliance Industries, Ltd. | Self-crimping fully drawn high bulky yarns and method of producing thereof |
ATE445036T1 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2009-10-15 | Basf Se | ITEM WITH WETTABLE POLYESTER FIBER FABRIC |
US7238415B2 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2007-07-03 | Catalytic Materials, Llc | Multi-component conductive polymer structures and a method for producing same |
DE102004036099B4 (en) | 2004-07-24 | 2008-03-27 | Carl Freudenberg Kg | Multi-component spunbonded nonwoven, process for its preparation and use of multi-component spunbonded nonwovens |
EP1775374B1 (en) | 2004-08-02 | 2011-10-05 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Leather-like sheet and method for production thereof |
US20060083917A1 (en) | 2004-10-18 | 2006-04-20 | Fiber Innovation Technology, Inc. | Soluble microfilament-generating multicomponent fibers |
US20080188151A1 (en) | 2004-10-19 | 2008-08-07 | Daisuke Yokoi | Fabric for Restraint Devices and Method for Producing the Same |
US7094466B2 (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2006-08-22 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | 3GT/4GT biocomponent fiber and preparation thereof |
US7291270B2 (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2007-11-06 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process for removal of impurities from an oxidizer purge stream |
US7390760B1 (en) | 2004-11-02 | 2008-06-24 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Composite nanofiber materials and methods for making same |
PL3138621T3 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2020-06-29 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Filter medium and structure |
RU2389529C2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2010-05-20 | Дональдсон Компани, Инк. | Filtration material (versions) and method of filtration (versions) |
US7846005B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2010-12-07 | Hbi Branded Apparel Enterprises, Llc | Molded non-woven fabrics and methods of molding |
US8057567B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2011-11-15 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Filter medium and breather filter structure |
US8021457B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2011-09-20 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Filter media and structure |
CN101437663B (en) | 2004-11-09 | 2013-06-19 | 得克萨斯大学体系董事会 | Fabrication and application of nanofiber ribbons and sheets and twisted and non-twisted nanofiber yarns |
US20060128247A1 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2006-06-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Embossed nonwoven fabric |
US20060135020A1 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-22 | Weinberg Mark G | Flash spun web containing sub-micron filaments and process for forming same |
US7238423B2 (en) | 2004-12-20 | 2007-07-03 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Multicomponent fiber including elastic elements |
US20060159918A1 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2006-07-20 | Fiber Innovation Technology, Inc. | Biodegradable fibers exhibiting storage-stable tenacity |
US7465684B2 (en) | 2005-01-06 | 2008-12-16 | Buckeye Technologies Inc. | High strength and high elongation wipe |
DE102005001565A1 (en) | 2005-01-13 | 2006-07-27 | Bayer Materialscience Ag | wood adhesives |
US20080009574A1 (en) | 2005-01-24 | 2008-01-10 | Wellman, Inc. | Polyamide-Polyester Polymer Blends and Methods of Making the Same |
EP1689008B1 (en) | 2005-01-26 | 2011-05-11 | Japan Vilene Company, Ltd. | Battery separator and battery comprising the same |
WO2006084282A2 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2006-08-10 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Aerosol separator |
US7214425B2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2007-05-08 | Supreme Elastic Corporation | High performance fiber blend and products made therefrom |
US7304125B2 (en) | 2005-02-12 | 2007-12-04 | Stratek Plastic Limited | Process for the preparation of polymers from polymer slurries |
US7717975B2 (en) | 2005-02-16 | 2010-05-18 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Reduced solidity web comprising fiber and fiber spacer or separation means |
US8328782B2 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2012-12-11 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Hydrophobic surface coated light-weight nonwoven laminates for use in absorbent articles |
JP4683957B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2011-05-18 | 花王株式会社 | Non-woven |
JP4683959B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2011-05-18 | 花王株式会社 | Nonwoven manufacturing method |
US7356231B2 (en) | 2005-02-28 | 2008-04-08 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Composite polymer fibers |
US7732557B2 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2010-06-08 | Cyclics Corporation | Methods for removing catalyst residue from a depolymerization process stream |
US7358022B2 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2008-04-15 | Xerox Corporation | Control of particle growth with complexing agents |
US7438777B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2008-10-21 | North Carolina State University | Lightweight high-tensile, high-tear strength bicomponent nonwoven fabrics |
BRPI0612326A2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2010-11-03 | Buckeye Technologies Inc | nonwoven material, nonwoven panel, thermal insulating construction, sound attenuating laminate, attenuating laminated panel, package for an object, process for producing a nonwoven material, process for providing sound attenuation or thermal insulation, article molded thermal insulator, vehicle insulating article, sound attenuating insulating article, molded article, nonwoven structure, process for the production of a nonwoven structure, and motor vehicle |
US7008694B1 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2006-03-07 | Invista North America S.A.R.L. | Polymer fibers, fabrics and equipment with a modified near infrared reflectance signature |
DE602006019413D1 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2011-02-17 | Univ Akron | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PRODUCING ELECTRO-SPANNED FIBERS AND FIBERS MADE THEREFOR |
ATE448357T1 (en) | 2005-05-10 | 2009-11-15 | Voith Patent Gmbh | PMC WITH SPLITABLE FIBERS |
TWI297049B (en) | 2005-05-17 | 2008-05-21 | San Fang Chemical Industry Co | Artificial leather having ultramicro fiber in conjugate fiber of substrate |
US7897809B2 (en) | 2005-05-19 | 2011-03-01 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process to produce an enrichment feed |
US7914866B2 (en) | 2005-05-26 | 2011-03-29 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Sleeved tissue product |
JP4424263B2 (en) | 2005-06-10 | 2010-03-03 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Textile fabrics and composites |
US7445834B2 (en) | 2005-06-10 | 2008-11-04 | Morin Brian G | Polypropylene fiber for reinforcement of matrix materials |
US7883772B2 (en) | 2005-06-24 | 2011-02-08 | North Carolina State University | High strength, durable fabrics produced by fibrillating multilobal fibers |
JP4664135B2 (en) | 2005-07-08 | 2011-04-06 | 大京化学株式会社 | Suede-like artificial leather with excellent flame retardancy and method for producing the same |
TW200702505A (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-16 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Nanofiber and fabrication methods thereof |
US20070039889A1 (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2007-02-22 | Ashford Edmundo R | Compact membrane unit and methods |
EP1761071A1 (en) | 2005-08-29 | 2007-03-07 | Stueckler Gerd | Image capture method and digital camera |
US7695812B2 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2010-04-13 | Dow Global Technologies, Inc. | Fibers made from copolymers of ethylene/α-olefins |
US7357985B2 (en) | 2005-09-19 | 2008-04-15 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | High crimp bicomponent fibers |
US7875184B2 (en) | 2005-09-22 | 2011-01-25 | Eastman Chemical Company | Crystallized pellet/liquid separator |
JP4960616B2 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2012-06-27 | 帝人ファイバー株式会社 | Short fiber, method for producing the same, and precursor thereof |
US8445391B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2013-05-21 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Leather-like sheet and method of manufacturing the same |
US20070074628A1 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2007-04-05 | Jones David C | Coalescing filtration medium and process |
US7112389B1 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2006-09-26 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Batteries including improved fine fiber separators |
JP4648815B2 (en) | 2005-10-12 | 2011-03-09 | ナイルス株式会社 | Material dryer |
US7691168B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2010-04-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Highly charged, charge stable nanofiber web |
US20070110980A1 (en) | 2005-11-14 | 2007-05-17 | Shah Ashok H | Gypsum board liner providing improved combination of wet adhesion and strength |
US20070110998A1 (en) | 2005-11-15 | 2007-05-17 | Steele Ronald E | Polyamide yarn spinning process and modified yarn |
US7497895B2 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2009-03-03 | Exxonmobil Research And Engineering Company | Membrane separation process |
US20070122614A1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-05-31 | The Dow Chemical Company | Surface modified bi-component polymeric fiber |
WO2007067437A2 (en) | 2005-12-06 | 2007-06-14 | Invista Technologies S.Ar.L. | Hexalobal cross-section filaments with three major lobes and three minor lobes, carpet tufted from yarn with such filaments, and capillary spinneret orifice for producing such filaments |
CN101326323B (en) | 2005-12-14 | 2012-05-02 | 可乐丽股份有限公司 | Base for synthetic leather and synthetic leathers made by using the same |
US7883604B2 (en) | 2005-12-15 | 2011-02-08 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Creping process and products made therefrom |
US20080039540A1 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2008-02-14 | Reitz Robert R | Process for recycling polyesters |
EP1811071A1 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2007-07-25 | Celanese Emulsions GmbH | Latex bonded airlaid fabric and its use |
US7635745B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2009-12-22 | Eastman Chemical Company | Sulfopolyester recovery |
US7981509B2 (en) | 2006-02-13 | 2011-07-19 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Polymer blend, polymer solution composition and fibers spun from the polymer blend and filtration applications thereof |
EP1984092B1 (en) | 2006-02-13 | 2016-06-15 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Filter web comprising fine fiber and reactive, adsorptive or absorptive particulate |
WO2007096242A1 (en) | 2006-02-20 | 2007-08-30 | Clariant International Ltd | Improved process for the manufacture of paper and board |
US7588688B2 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2009-09-15 | Purifics Environmental Technologies, Inc. | Integrated particulate filtration and dewatering system |
WO2007112443A2 (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2007-10-04 | North Carolina State University | Micro and nanofiber nonwoven spunbonded fabric |
US20070232180A1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-04 | Osman Polat | Absorbent article comprising a fibrous structure comprising synthetic fibers and a hydrophilizing agent |
CA2648011A1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-11-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Nonwoven fibrous structure comprising synthetic fibers and hydrophilizing agent |
US7737060B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2010-06-15 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Medical devices containing multi-component fibers |
EP2004396B1 (en) | 2006-04-07 | 2011-11-02 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Biodegradable nonwoven laminate |
US20070258935A1 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-08 | Mcentire Edward Enns | Water dispersible films for delivery of active agents to the epidermis |
US20070259029A1 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-08 | Mcentire Edward Enns | Water-dispersible patch containing an active agent for dermal delivery |
US20070278152A1 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2007-12-06 | Musale Deepak A | Method of improving performance of ultrafiltration or microfiltration membrane process in landfill leachate treatment |
US20070278151A1 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2007-12-06 | Musale Deepak A | Method of improving performance of ultrafiltration or microfiltration membrane processes in backwash water treatment |
US20080003905A1 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-03 | Canbelin Industrial Co., Ltd. | Mat |
US20080000836A1 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-03 | Hua Wang | Transmix refining method |
US20080003400A1 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-03 | Canbelin Industrial Co., Ltd. | Method for making a pile fabric and pile fabric made thereby |
US7803275B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2010-09-28 | Exxonmobil Research And Engineering Company | Membrane separation process using mixed vapor-liquid feed |
US7858163B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2010-12-28 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Molded monocomponent monolayer respirator with bimodal monolayer monocomponent media |
US7902096B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2011-03-08 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Monocomponent monolayer meltblown web and meltblowing apparatus |
US7947142B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2011-05-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Pleated filter with monolayer monocomponent meltspun media |
US8518841B2 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2013-08-27 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Stretchable nonwoven fabric and tape |
CN101553607A (en) | 2006-09-01 | 2009-10-07 | 加利福尼亚大学董事会 | Thermoplastic polymer microfibers, nanofibers and composites |
JPWO2008035637A1 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2010-01-28 | 株式会社クラレ | Filter material and manufacturing method thereof |
DE102006045616B3 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2008-02-21 | Carl Freudenberg Kg | Manufacture of resilient fleece with thermoplastic filaments, places fleece in hot water containing additives, jiggers, tensions, reduces width, dries and winds up |
CA2663150A1 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2008-05-08 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Leather-like sheet and production process thereof |
US7666343B2 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2010-02-23 | Polymer Group, Inc. | Process and apparatus for producing sub-micron fibers, and nonwovens and articles containing same |
US8129019B2 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2012-03-06 | Behnam Pourdeyhimi | High surface area fiber and textiles made from the same |
EP2082082B1 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2011-07-27 | Arkema Inc. | Multi-component fibers containing high chain-length polyamides |
US8361180B2 (en) | 2006-11-27 | 2013-01-29 | E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Durable nanoweb scrim laminates |
US7884037B2 (en) | 2006-12-15 | 2011-02-08 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Wet wipe having a stratified wetting composition therein and process for preparing same |
JP4611426B2 (en) | 2006-12-20 | 2011-01-12 | 株式会社クラレ | Alkaline battery separator, method for producing the same, and battery |
US20080160278A1 (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2008-07-03 | Cheng Paul P | Fade resistant colored sheath/core bicomponent fiber |
US20080160859A1 (en) | 2007-01-03 | 2008-07-03 | Rakesh Kumar Gupta | Nonwovens fabrics produced from multicomponent fibers comprising sulfopolyesters |
US9062202B2 (en) | 2007-02-26 | 2015-06-23 | Hexion Inc. | Resin-polyester blend binder compositions, method of making same and articles made therefrom |
JP4327209B2 (en) | 2007-03-06 | 2009-09-09 | 株式会社椿本チエイン | Hydraulic tensioner that can be installed |
US20080233850A1 (en) | 2007-03-20 | 2008-09-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Abrasive article and method of making and using the same |
US7628829B2 (en) | 2007-03-20 | 2009-12-08 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Abrasive article and method of making and using the same |
CN101680185B (en) | 2007-04-17 | 2011-11-23 | 帝人纤维株式会社 | Wet-laid non-woven fabric and filter |
US20100136312A1 (en) | 2007-04-18 | 2010-06-03 | Kenji Inagaki | Tissue |
MY152589A (en) | 2007-04-18 | 2014-10-31 | Kb Seiren Ltd | Splittable conjugate fiber, fiber structure using the same and wiping cloth |
JP5298383B2 (en) | 2007-04-25 | 2013-09-25 | Esファイバービジョンズ株式会社 | Heat-adhesive conjugate fiber excellent in bulkiness and flexibility and fiber molded article using the same |
RU2436878C2 (en) | 2007-05-24 | 2011-12-20 | Ес Файбервижнз Ко., Лтд. | Fissionable conjugated fibre, its aggregate and fibrous form made of fissionable conjugated fibre |
CN101678255A (en) | 2007-05-31 | 2010-03-24 | 东丽株式会社 | Nonwoven fabric for cylindrical bag filter, process for producing the same, and cylindrical bag filter therefrom |
EP2169742A4 (en) | 2007-06-06 | 2013-06-26 | Teijin Ltd | Polyolefin microporous membrane base for nonaqueous secondary battery separator, method for producing the same, nonaqueous secondary battery separator and nonaqueous secondary battery |
US20080305389A1 (en) | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-11 | Pankaj Arora | Batteries with permanently wet-able fine fiber separators |
US20100197027A1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2010-08-05 | Yifan Zhang | An indicating fiber |
EP2183428A4 (en) | 2007-07-24 | 2012-05-30 | Herbert Gunther Joachim Langner | Method and apparatus for separating waste products from cellulose fibres in a paper recycling process |
US8058194B2 (en) | 2007-07-31 | 2011-11-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Conductive webs |
CN101939469B (en) | 2007-08-02 | 2012-07-04 | 北卡罗来纳州立大学 | Mixed fibers and nonwoven fabrics made from the same |
KR101422317B1 (en) | 2007-08-22 | 2014-07-30 | 킴벌리-클라크 월드와이드, 인크. | Multicomponent biodegradable filaments and nonwoven webs formed therefrom |
EP2184391B1 (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2016-10-12 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Buffer substrate and use thereof |
JP5444681B2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2014-03-19 | Esファイバービジョンズ株式会社 | Polyester-based heat-fusible composite fiber |
CN101896657B (en) | 2007-12-06 | 2012-11-28 | 3M创新有限公司 | Electret filter medium and method for manufacturing electret textile |
EP2235767B1 (en) | 2007-12-11 | 2011-08-03 | P.H. Glatfelter Company | Batter separator structures |
US20090163449A1 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2009-06-25 | Eastman Chemical Company | Sulfo-polymer powder and sulfo-polymer powder blends with carriers and/or additives |
BRPI0821434A2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2015-06-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Composite non-woven fibrous blankets and methods for preparing and using same |
WO2009088647A1 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Fluid filtration articles and methods of making and using the same |
CN101952498B (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2013-02-13 | 3M创新有限公司 | Composite non-woven fibrous webs having continuous particulate phase and methods of making and using the same |
EP2231391B1 (en) | 2008-01-08 | 2016-01-06 | E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company | Liquid water resistant and water vapor permeable garments comprising hydrophobic treated nonwoven made from nanofibers |
US8833567B2 (en) | 2008-01-16 | 2014-09-16 | Ahlstrom Corporation | Coalescence media for separation of water-hydrocarbon emulsions |
WO2009105490A1 (en) | 2008-02-18 | 2009-08-27 | Sellars Absorbent Materials, Inc. | Laminate non-woven sheet with high-strength, melt-blown fiber exterior layers |
CN102015080B (en) | 2008-02-22 | 2014-12-10 | 立达赛路达克有限公司 | Polyethylene membrane and method of its production |
US20110020590A1 (en) | 2008-03-24 | 2011-01-27 | Kuraray Co., Ltd. | Split leather product and manufacturing method therefor |
US8282712B2 (en) | 2008-04-07 | 2012-10-09 | E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Air filtration medium with improved dust loading capacity and improved resistance to high humidity environment |
KR101529747B1 (en) | 2008-04-08 | 2015-06-17 | 데이진 가부시키가이샤 | Carbon fiber and method for production thereof |
FR2929962B1 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2021-06-25 | Arjowiggins Licensing Sas | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A SHEET INCLUDING AN UNDERTHICKNESS OR AN EXCESS THICKNESS AT THE LEVEL OF A RIBBON AND ASSOCIATED SHEET. |
CN102016150A (en) | 2008-05-05 | 2011-04-13 | 艾维够产业1953有限公司 | Nonwoven material |
CZ2008277A3 (en) | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-18 | Elmarco S.R.O. | Process for preparing inorganic nanofibers by electrostatic spinning |
WO2009140381A1 (en) | 2008-05-13 | 2009-11-19 | Research Triangle Institute | Porous and non-porous nanostructures and application thereof |
US8173753B2 (en) | 2008-05-21 | 2012-05-08 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Method for producing aliphatic polyester resin, and an aliphatic polyester resin composition |
US7951313B2 (en) | 2008-05-28 | 2011-05-31 | Japan Vilene Company, Ltd. | Spinning apparatus, and apparatus and process for manufacturing nonwoven fabric |
US8866052B2 (en) | 2008-05-29 | 2014-10-21 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Heating articles using conductive webs |
MX2010013139A (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2011-03-04 | Kimberly Clark Worldwide Incorporated | Polylactic acid fibers. |
US8470222B2 (en) | 2008-06-06 | 2013-06-25 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Fibers formed from a blend of a modified aliphatic-aromatic copolyester and thermoplastic starch |
JPWO2009150874A1 (en) | 2008-06-12 | 2011-11-10 | 帝人株式会社 | Nonwoven fabric, felt and method for producing them |
EP2291558B1 (en) | 2008-06-12 | 2017-07-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Melt blown fine fibers and methods of manufacture |
EP2135984A1 (en) | 2008-06-19 | 2009-12-23 | FARE' S.p.A. | A process of producing soft and absorbent non woven fabric |
CN102076898B (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2012-12-12 | 可乐丽股份有限公司 | Base material for artificial leather and process for producing the same |
JPWO2010001872A1 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2011-12-22 | 日清紡ホールディングス株式会社 | Liquid storage material and storage method |
BRPI0915742A2 (en) | 2008-07-10 | 2015-11-03 | Teijin Aramid Bv | process for manufacturing high molecular weight polyethylene fibers, polyethylene fiber, use of a polyethylene fiber, and ballistic attributes, ropes, cables and nets, fabrics and protective applications |
CN106390759A (en) | 2008-07-11 | 2017-02-15 | 东丽电池隔膜株式会社 | Microporous membranes and methods for producing and using such membranes |
US8734614B2 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2014-05-27 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Polyphenylene sulfide fiber, method for producing the same, wet-laid nonwoven fabric, and method for producing wet-laid nonwoven fabric |
US7998311B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2011-08-16 | Hercules Incorporated | Enhanced surface sizing of paper |
ES2524476T3 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2014-12-09 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Prepreg, preform, molded product and prepreg manufacturing process |
US7922959B2 (en) | 2008-08-01 | 2011-04-12 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Method of manufacturing a composite filter media |
WO2010016486A1 (en) | 2008-08-08 | 2010-02-11 | 株式会社クラレ | Polishing pad and method for manufacturing the polishing pad |
CN102176905A (en) | 2008-08-08 | 2011-09-07 | 巴斯夫欧洲公司 | Fibrous surface structure containing active ingredients with controlled release of active ingredients, use thereof and method for the production thereof |
JP5400330B2 (en) | 2008-08-27 | 2014-01-29 | 帝人株式会社 | Photocatalyst-containing ultrafine fiber and method for producing the same |
US8741489B2 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2014-06-03 | Japan Vilene Company, Ltd. | Separator for lithium ion secondary battery, method for manufacture thereof, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2010070870A (en) | 2008-09-17 | 2010-04-02 | Teijin Fibers Ltd | Method for producing nonwoven fabric, the nonwoven fabric, nonwoven fabric structure, and textile product |
US7928025B2 (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2011-04-19 | Polymer Group, Inc. | Nonwoven multilayered fibrous batts and multi-density molded articles made with same and processes of making thereof |
US20100143731A1 (en) | 2008-12-04 | 2010-06-10 | Protective Coatings Technology, Inc. | Waterproofing coating containing light weight fillers |
US8409448B2 (en) | 2009-01-13 | 2013-04-02 | The University Of Akron | Mixed hydrophilic/hydrophobic fiber media for liquid-liquid coalescence |
US8267681B2 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2012-09-18 | Donaldson Company, Inc. | Method and apparatus for forming a fibrous media |
JP5321106B2 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2013-10-23 | 横河電機株式会社 | Ultrasonic measuring instrument |
US9422654B2 (en) | 2009-03-20 | 2016-08-23 | Arkema Inc. | Polyetherketoneketone nonwoven mats |
AU2010235035B2 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2014-12-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same |
RU2475575C1 (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2013-02-20 | 3М Инновейтив Пропертиз Компани | Processing aids for olefinic canvas in particular electret canvas |
US8795717B2 (en) | 2009-11-20 | 2014-08-05 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Tissue products including a temperature change composition containing phase change components within a non-interfering molecular scaffold |
US20100272938A1 (en) | 2009-04-22 | 2010-10-28 | Bemis Company, Inc. | Hydraulically-Formed Nonwoven Sheet with Microfibers |
US8512519B2 (en) | 2009-04-24 | 2013-08-20 | Eastman Chemical Company | Sulfopolyesters for paper strength and process |
FR2944957B1 (en) | 2009-04-30 | 2011-06-10 | Ahlstrom Coroporation | CELLULOSIC SUPPORT COMPRISING MANNOSE DERIVATIVES SUITABLE FOR FIXING BACTERIA WITH PILIS TYPE 1, APPLICATION TO DISINFECTANT WIPES, IN PARTICULAR |
EP2439331B1 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2014-04-16 | Kolon Industries, Inc | Artificial leather and method for producing the same |
EP2264242A1 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2010-12-22 | Ahlstrom Corporation | Nonwoven fabric products with enhanced transfer properties |
CN101933788A (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2011-01-05 | 3M创新有限公司 | Surface cleaning product with composite structure and preparation method thereof |
RU2414960C1 (en) | 2009-07-09 | 2011-03-27 | Федеральное государственное унитарное предприятие "Научно-исследовательский физико-химический институт им. Л.Я. Карпова" | Sorption filtering composite material |
RU2414950C1 (en) | 2009-07-09 | 2011-03-27 | Федеральное государственное унитарное предприятие "Научно-исследовательский физико-химический институт им. Л.Я. Карпова" | Filtration material |
EP2292309A1 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2011-03-09 | Ahlstrom Corporation | Nanofibers with improved chemical and physical stability and web containing nanofibers |
WO2011017695A1 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2011-02-10 | Zeus, Inc. | Multilayered composite |
US20110039468A1 (en) | 2009-08-12 | 2011-02-17 | Baldwin Jr Alfred Frank | Protective apparel having breathable film layer |
DE102009037565A1 (en) | 2009-08-14 | 2011-02-24 | Mavig Gmbh | Coated microfiber web and method of making the same |
US8428675B2 (en) | 2009-08-19 | 2013-04-23 | Covidien Lp | Nanofiber adhesives used in medical devices |
US20110054429A1 (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2011-03-03 | Sns Nano Fiber Technology, Llc | Textile Composite Material for Decontaminating the Skin |
CN102482799B (en) | 2009-09-01 | 2016-03-16 | 3M创新有限公司 | For the formation of equipment, the system and method for nanofiber and nanometer fiber net |
US9394630B2 (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2016-07-19 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Pilling-resistant artificial leather |
SG178840A1 (en) | 2009-09-15 | 2012-04-27 | Kimberly Clark Co | Coform nonwoven web formed from meltblown fibers including propylene/alpha-olefin |
US20110084028A1 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2011-04-14 | Ahlstrom Corporation | Separation media and methods especially useful for separating water-hydrocarbon emulsions having low interfacial tensions |
US9935302B2 (en) | 2009-10-20 | 2018-04-03 | Daramic, Llc | Battery separators with cross ribs and related methods |
JP5789193B2 (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2015-10-07 | 三菱製紙株式会社 | Semipermeable membrane support, spiral type semipermeable membrane element, and method for producing semipermeable membrane support |
WO2011049927A2 (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2011-04-28 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Porous supported articles and methods of making |
WO2011049831A2 (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2011-04-28 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Porous multilayer articles and methods of making |
US8528560B2 (en) | 2009-10-23 | 2013-09-10 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Filtering face-piece respirator having parallel line weld pattern in mask body |
DE102009050447A1 (en) | 2009-10-23 | 2011-04-28 | Mahle International Gmbh | filter material |
WO2011052173A1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2011-05-05 | 株式会社クラレ | Polishing pad and chemical mechanical polishing method |
CA2779110C (en) | 2009-11-02 | 2014-06-10 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Polypropylene fibrous elements and processes for making same |
CN102711662A (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2012-10-03 | 无纺技术医学有限公司 | Non-woven fabric for medical use and process for the preparation thereof |
US20110117353A1 (en) | 2009-11-17 | 2011-05-19 | Outlast Technologies, Inc. | Fibers and articles having combined fire resistance and enhanced reversible thermal properties |
US20110252970A1 (en) | 2009-11-19 | 2011-10-20 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Filtration Media for High Humidity Environments |
US9181465B2 (en) | 2009-11-20 | 2015-11-10 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Temperature change compositions and tissue products providing a cooling sensation |
US9078946B2 (en) | 2009-11-23 | 2015-07-14 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of surface treating porous particles |
US20120225600A1 (en) | 2009-11-24 | 2012-09-06 | Rule Joseph D | Articles and Methods Using Shape-Memory Polymers |
KR20110059541A (en) | 2009-11-27 | 2011-06-02 | 니혼바이린 가부시기가이샤 | Spinning apparatus, apparatus and process for manufacturing nonwoven fabric, and nonwoven fabric |
FR2953531B1 (en) | 2009-12-07 | 2012-03-02 | Ahlstroem Oy | NON-WOVEN SUPPORT FOR JOINT STRIP AND STABLE, DIMENSIONALLY STABLE SEALING STRIP WITHOUT LOSS OF MECHANICAL STRENGTH COMPRISING SAID SUPPORT |
FR2956671B1 (en) | 2010-02-23 | 2012-03-30 | Ahlstroem Oy | CELLULOSIC FIBER SUPPORT CONTAINING MODIFIED PVA LAYER - PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION AND USE |
US20120184164A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paperboard or cardboard |
US20120180968A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Nonwoven article with ribbon fibers |
US20120175298A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-07-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | High efficiency filter |
US9273417B2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2016-03-01 | Eastman Chemical Company | Wet-Laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article |
US20120219766A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-08-30 | Eastman Chemical Company | High strength specialty paper |
US20120183862A1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Battery separator |
US20120302120A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2012-11-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Short cut microfibers |
DK2809412T3 (en) | 2012-01-31 | 2018-01-22 | Eastman Chem Co | Process for making short-cut microfibers |
US8871052B2 (en) | 2012-01-31 | 2014-10-28 | Eastman Chemical Company | Processes to produce short cut microfibers |
US8980774B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2015-03-17 | Hexion Inc. | Compositions and methods for making polyesters and articles therefrom |
US10519579B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-12-31 | Gpcp Ip Holdings Llc | Nonwoven fabrics of short individualized bast fibers and products made therefrom |
US9617685B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2017-04-11 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process for making paper and nonwoven articles comprising synthetic microfiber binders |
-
2011
- 2011-10-14 US US13/273,937 patent/US9273417B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-10-14 US US13/273,929 patent/US20120183861A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6194517B1 (en) * | 1997-03-17 | 2001-02-27 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Ion sensitive polymeric materials |
US20030203695A1 (en) * | 2002-04-30 | 2003-10-30 | Polanco Braulio Arturo | Splittable multicomponent fiber and fabrics therefrom |
US20040258910A1 (en) * | 2003-06-19 | 2004-12-23 | Haile William Alston | Water-dispersible and multicomponent fibers from sulfopolyesters |
US20080311815A1 (en) * | 2003-06-19 | 2008-12-18 | Eastman Chemical Company | Nonwovens produced from multicomponent fibers |
US20050018847A1 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2005-01-27 | Garay Juan A. | Method and system for fair exchange of user information |
US20050188470A1 (en) * | 2004-02-03 | 2005-09-01 | Yi Li | Processing techniques for preparing moisture management textiles |
US20050209374A1 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2005-09-22 | Matosky Andrew J | Anaerobically biodegradable polyesters |
WO2006034070A1 (en) * | 2004-09-16 | 2006-03-30 | Eastman Chemical Company | Fluid sulfopolyester formulations and products made therefrom |
US20080031181A1 (en) * | 2006-08-03 | 2008-02-07 | Institute For Information Industry | Wireless communication system, method, and tangible machine-readable medium thereof for transmitting data based on a frame structure of a multi-hop relay standard |
Cited By (50)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9896784B2 (en) * | 2010-02-17 | 2018-02-20 | Sgl Automotive Carbon Fibers Gmbh & Co. Kg | Method for producing a flat semi-finished product from a fiber composite material and flat semi-finished product |
US20120175074A1 (en) * | 2010-10-21 | 2012-07-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Nonwoven article with ribbon fibers |
US20120180968A1 (en) * | 2010-10-21 | 2012-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Nonwoven article with ribbon fibers |
US9273417B2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2016-03-01 | Eastman Chemical Company | Wet-Laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article |
US9175440B2 (en) | 2012-01-31 | 2015-11-03 | Eastman Chemical Company | Processes to produce short-cut microfibers |
US9617685B2 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2017-04-11 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process for making paper and nonwoven articles comprising synthetic microfiber binders |
US20140311695A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper and nonwoven articles comprising synthetic microfiber binders |
US9303357B2 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2016-04-05 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper and nonwoven articles comprising synthetic microfiber binders |
US20140311694A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper and nonwoven articles comprising synthetic microfiber binders |
US9598802B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2017-03-21 | Eastman Chemical Company | Ultrafiltration process for producing a sulfopolyester concentrate |
US9605126B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2017-03-28 | Eastman Chemical Company | Ultrafiltration process for the recovery of concentrated sulfopolyester dispersion |
US10575553B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2020-03-03 | Philip Morris Products S.A. | Paper wrapper for an electrically heated aerosol-generating article |
US11219240B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2022-01-11 | Philip Morris Products S.A. | Paper wrapper for an electrically heated aerosol-generating article |
WO2019099452A1 (en) * | 2017-11-14 | 2019-05-23 | Microban Products Company | Odor control composition and method of using |
CN111712268A (en) * | 2017-11-14 | 2020-09-25 | 美可帮产品公司 | Odor control compositions and methods of use |
WO2019199653A1 (en) * | 2018-04-09 | 2019-10-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Multicomponent fibers |
WO2019199656A1 (en) * | 2018-04-09 | 2019-10-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Multicomponent fibers |
US11339537B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-05-24 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper bag |
US11421385B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Soft wipe comprising cellulose acetate |
US11299854B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-04-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper product articles |
US11306433B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-04-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter effluent from refiner of a wet laid process |
US11313081B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-04-26 | Eastman Chemical Company | Beverage filtration article |
US11332885B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-05-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Water removal between wire and wet press of a paper mill process |
US11332888B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-05-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper composition cellulose and cellulose ester for improved texturing |
US11230811B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-01-25 | Eastman Chemical Company | Recycle bale comprising cellulose ester |
US11390996B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Elongated tubular articles from wet-laid webs |
US11390991B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Addition of cellulose esters to a paper mill without substantial modifications |
US11396726B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-07-26 | Eastman Chemical Company | Air filtration articles |
US11401659B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-02 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process to produce a paper article comprising cellulose fibers and a staple fiber |
US11401660B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-02 | Eastman Chemical Company | Broke composition of matter |
US11408128B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-09 | Eastman Chemical Company | Sheet with high sizing acceptance |
US11414791B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-16 | Eastman Chemical Company | Recycled deinked sheet articles |
US11414818B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-16 | Eastman Chemical Company | Dewatering in paper making process |
US11421387B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Tissue product comprising cellulose acetate |
US11286619B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-03-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Bale of virgin cellulose and cellulose ester |
US11420784B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-08-23 | Eastman Chemical Company | Food packaging articles |
US11441267B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-09-13 | Eastman Chemical Company | Refining to a desirable freeness |
US11466408B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-10-11 | Eastman Chemical Company | Highly absorbent articles |
US11479919B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-10-25 | Eastman Chemical Company | Molded articles from a fiber slurry |
US11492757B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter in a post-refiner blend zone |
US11492755B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Waste recycle composition |
US11492756B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Paper press process with high hydrolic pressure |
US11512433B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-11-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter feed to a head box |
US11519132B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-12-06 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter in stock preparation zone of wet laid process |
US11525215B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-12-13 | Eastman Chemical Company | Cellulose and cellulose ester film |
US11530516B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2022-12-20 | Eastman Chemical Company | Composition of matter in a pre-refiner blend zone |
US11639579B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2023-05-02 | Eastman Chemical Company | Recycle pulp comprising cellulose acetate |
WO2023075795A1 (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Vartega Inc. | Fiber-containing particles with dual-tapered shape |
US11787085B2 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2023-10-17 | Vartega Inc. | Methods of making and using bulk products including fiber-containing particles with dual-tapered shape |
US11951656B2 (en) | 2021-10-29 | 2024-04-09 | Vartega Inc. | Fiber-containing particles with dual-tapered shape |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20120181720A1 (en) | 2012-07-19 |
US9273417B2 (en) | 2016-03-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9273417B2 (en) | Wet-Laid process to produce a bound nonwoven article | |
US9303357B2 (en) | Paper and nonwoven articles comprising synthetic microfiber binders | |
US20120175074A1 (en) | Nonwoven article with ribbon fibers | |
US20120184164A1 (en) | Paperboard or cardboard | |
US20120219766A1 (en) | High strength specialty paper | |
US20120175298A1 (en) | High efficiency filter | |
US20120183862A1 (en) | Battery separator | |
US20120251597A1 (en) | End products incorporating short-cut microfibers | |
WO2012054668A2 (en) | Sulfopolyester binders |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: EASTMAN CHEMICAL COMPANY, TENNESSEE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GUPTA, RAKESH KUMAR;MITCHELL, MELVIN GLENN;KLOSIEWICZ, DANIEL WILLIAM;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20111028 TO 20120326;REEL/FRAME:027992/0936 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |